Brahmasūtra2 with Śaṃkara's Śārīrakamīmāṃsābhāṣya and Govindānanda's Ratnaprabhāvyākhyā (with commentary) · Chapter 18

FN: prajñā vākyārthadhīḥ /
brāhmaṇapadamanuktadvijopalakṣaṇam /
muktairūpasṛpyaṃ pratyaktvena prāpyaṃ yadbrahma tasyātrokteriti sūtrārthaḥ /
muktipratiyoginaṃ bandhaṃ darśayati- dehādiṣviti /
tadviparyayeṇeti /
uktapañcakleśātmakabandhanivṛttyātmanā sthitamityarthaḥ /
yathā nadyo gaṅgādyā nāmarūpe vihāya samudrātmanā tiṣṭhanti tathā brahmātmavidapi saṃsāraṃ vihāya parātkāraṇādavyaktātparaṃ pūrṇaṃ svayañjyotirānandaṃ pratyaktvena prāpya tiṣṭhatītyāha- tathā vidvāniti /
idaṃ pradhānādeḥ kiṃ na syādata āha- brahmaṇaśceti /
asya mumukṣoḥ, hṛdīti padenātmadharmatvaṃ kāmānāṃ nirastam /
yadā kāmanivṛttiratha tadāmṛto bhavati;maraṇahetvabhāvāt /
na kevalamanarthanivṛttiḥ kintvatra dehe tiṣṭhanneva brahmānandamaśnuta ityarthaḥ /
liṅgāntaramāha- apiceti /
dhīro vivekī tamevātmānaṃ vijñāya viśuddaṃ lakṣyapadārthaṃ jñātvā vākyārthajñānaṃ kuryāt /
jñānārthino jñānapratibandhakakarmakāṇḍādervaimukhyamāha- neti /
bahūnityuktyā alpānvedāntaśabdānaṅgīkaroti /
'aṣṭau sthānāni varṇānāmuraḥ kaṇṭhaḥ śirasthatā /
jihvāmūlaṃ ca dantāśca nāsikoṣṭhau ca tālu ca //
'ityetāni vāgindriyasthānatvādvākśabdenocyante /
teṣāṃ śoṣaṇamātramanātmaśabdoccāraṇaphalaṃ tadvayānānmanaso glānimātramityarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.1.2
START BsCom_1,3.1.3
nānumānam atacchabdāt | BBs_1,3.3 |
yathā brahmaṇaḥ pratipādakaḥ vaiśeṣiko heturukto naivamarthāntarasya vaiśeṣiko hetuḥ pratipādako 'stītyāha /
nānumānikaṃ sāṃkhyasmṛtiparikalpitaṃ pradhānamiha dyubhvādyāyatanatvena pratipattavyam /
kasmāt, atacchabdāt /
tasyācetanasya pradhānasya pratipādakaḥ śabdastacchabdaḥ, na tacchabdo 'tacchabdaḥ /
na hyatrācetanasya pradhānasya pratipādakaḥ kaścicchabdo 'sti, yenācetanaṃ pradhānaṃ kāraṇatvenāyatanatvena vāvagamyeta /
tadviparītasya cetanasya pratipādakaśabdo 'trāsti- 'yaḥ sarvajñaḥ sarvavit' (muṇḍa.1.1.9) ityādiḥ /
ata eva na vāyurapīha dyubhvādyātanatvenāśrīyate

vaiśeṣika iti /
asādhāraṇa ātmaśabdādirityarthaḥ /
atacchabdādityasyārthāntaramāha- tadviparītasyeti /
ata evātacchabdādeva

END BsCom_1,3.1.3
START BsCom_1,3.1.4
prāṇabhṛc ca | BBs_1,3.4 |
yadyapi prāṇabhṛto vijñānātmana ātmatvaṃ cetanatvaṃ ca saṃbhavati tathāpyupādhiparicchinnajñānasya sarvajñatvādyasaṃbhave satyasmādevātacchabdātprāṇabhṛdapi na dyubhvādyāyatanāśrayitavyaḥ /
nacopādhiparicchinnasyāvibhoḥ prāṇabhṛto dyubhvādyāyatanatvamapi samyaksaṃbhavati /
pṛthagyogakaraṇamuttarārtham

prāṇābhṛcceti /
sūtre cakāraḥ pūrvasūtrasthanaño 'nuṣaṅgārthaḥ /
sarvajñapadasamānādhikaraṇaṃ ātmaśabdo na jīvavācītyatacchabdastasmādityarthaḥ /
nanu 'nānumānaprāṇabhṛtāvatacchabdāt'ityekameva sūtraṃ kimarthaṃ na kṛtaṃ ubhayanirāsahetorekatvādityata āha- pṛthagiti /
yogaḥ sūtram /
uttarasūtrasthahetūnāṃ jīvamātranirāsenānvaye 'pi subodhārthaṃ prāṇabhṛcceti pṛthaksūtrakaraṇamityarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.1.4
START BsCom_1,3.1.5-6
kutaśca na prāṇabhṛddyabhvādyāyatanatvenāśritavyaḥ-
bhedavyapadeśāt | BBs_1,3.5 |
bhedavyapadeśaśceha bhavati- 'tamevaikaṃ jānatha ātmānam' iti jñeyajñātṛbhāvena /
tatra prāṇabhṛttāvanmumukṣutvāj jñātā, pariśeṣādātmaśabdavācyaṃ brahma dyubhvādyāyatanamiti gamyate, na prāṇabhṛt

kutaśca na prāṇabhṛddyubhvādyāyatanatvenāśrayitavyaḥ-
prakaraṇāt | BBs_1,3.6 |
prakaraṇaṃ cedaṃ paramātmanaḥ /
'kasminnu bhagavo vijñāte sarvamidaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavati' (mu. 1.1.3) ityekavijñānena sarvavijñānāpekṣaṇāt /
paramātmani hi sarvātmake vijñāte sarvamidaṃ vijñātaṃ syānna kevale prāṇabhṛti

tāneva hetūnākāṅkṣādvārā vyācaṣṭe-- kutaścetyādinā /
yadyapi viśuddhaḥ pratyagātmaivātra jñeyaḥ tathāpi jīvatvākāreṇa jñāturjñeyādbhedānna jñeyarūpatvamityarthaḥ /
evaṃ ca jīvatvaliṅgaviśiṣṭatvena jīvasya dyubhvādivākyarthatvaṃ nirasyate na śuddharūpeṇeti mantavyam

END BsCom_1,3.1.5-6
START BsCom_1,3.1.7
kutaśca na prāṇabhṛḍyubhvādyāyatanatvenāśrayitavyaḥ-
sthityadanābhyāṃ ca | BBs_1,3.7 |
dyubhvādyāyatanaṃ ca prakṛtya 'dvā supraṇā sayujā sakhāyā' (mu. 3.1.1) ityatra sthityadane nirdiśyete /
'tayoranyaḥ pippalaṃ svādvatti' itikarmaphalāśanaṃ, 'anaśnannanyo 'bhicākaśīti' ityaudāsīnyenāvasthānaṃ ca /
tābhyāṃ ca sthityadanābhyāmīśvarakṣetrajñau tatra gṛhyete /
yadi ceśvaro dyubhvādyāyatanatvena vivakṣitastatastasya prakṛtasyeśvarasya kṣetrajñātpṛthagvacanamavakalpate /
anyathā hyaprakṛtavacanamākasmikamasaṃbaddhaṃ syāt /
nanu tavāpi kṣetrajñasyeśvarātpṛthagvacanamākasmikameva prasajyeta /
na /
tasyāvivakṣitatvāt /
kṣetrajñau hi kartṛtvena bhoktṛtvena ca pratiśarīraṃ buddhyādyupādhisaṃbaddho lokata eva prasijaddho nāsau śrutyā tātparyeṇa vivakṣyate /
īśvarastu lokato 'prasiddhatvācchrutyā tātparyeṇa vivakṣyata iti na tasyākasmikaṃ vacanaṃ yuktam /
'guhāṃ praviṣṭāvātmānau hi' ityatrāpyetaddarśitaṃ 'dvā suparṇā' ityasyāmṛcīśvarakṣetrajñāvucyete iti /
yadāpi paiṅgyupaniṣatkṛtena vyākhyānenāsyāmṛci sattvakṣetrajñāvucyete tadāpi na virodhaḥ kaścit /
katham /
prāṇabhṛddhīha ghaṭādicchidravatsattvādyupādhyabhimānitvena pratiśarīraṃ gṛhyamāṇo dyubhvādyāyatanaṃ na bhavatīti niṣidhyate /
yastu sarvaśarīreṣūpādhibhirvinopalakṣyate na bhavatīti niṣidhyate /
yastu sarvaśarīreṣūpādhibhirvinopalakṣyate paramātmaiva sa bhavati /
yathā ghaṭādicchidrāṇi ghaṭādibhirupādhibhirvinopalakṣyamāṇāni mahākāśa eva bhavanti, tadvatprāṇabhṛtaḥ parasmādanyatvānupapatteḥ pratiṣedho nopapadyate /
tasmātsattvādyupādhyabhimānina eva dyubhvādyāyatanatvapratiṣedhaḥ /
tasmātparameva brahma dyubhvādyāyatanam /
tadetat 'adṛśyatvādiguṇako dharmokteḥ' ityanenaiva siddham /
tasyaiva hi bhūtayonivākyasya madhya idaṃ paṭhitam 'yasmindyauḥ pṛthivī cāntarikṣam' iti /
prapañcārthaṃ tu punarupanyastam

nanu sthityeśvarasyādanājīvasya 'dvā suparṇā'ityatroktāvapi īśvara āyatanavākyena kimarthaṃ grāhya ityata āha- yadi ceśvara iti /
atra ceśvaraḥ śuddhacinmātro grāhyaḥ, na sarvajñatvādiviśiṣṭaḥ, tasyātrāpratipādyatvāt /
tathā cāpratipādyārthasyākasmānmadhye vacanāsaṃbhavādādyavākyena grahaṇaṃ kāryamityabhisaṃdhiḥ /
tamajñātvā śaṅkate- nanu tavāpīti /
brahmasvarūpapratipādanārthamakasmādaprakṛtasyāpi lokaprasiddhasya jīvasyānuvādasaṃbhava iti pariharati- neti /
nanu 'dvā suparṇā'ityatra buddhijīvayorukteḥ kathamidaṃ sūtramityata iti- guhāmiti /
sthityadanābhyāmīśvarakṣetrajñayoranuvādenaikyaṃ darśitamityarthaḥ /
nanvatra jīveśau nānuvādyau, paiṅgivyākhyāvirodhādataḥ sūtrāsaṃgatirityata āha- yadāpīti /
tadāpi sūtrasyāsaṃgatirnāstītyarthaḥ /
adanavākyena buddhimanūdya sthitivākyena buddhyādivilakṣaṇaśuddhapratyagbrahmaṇo jñeyasyokterdyubhvādivākye tadeva grāhyaṃ, na buddhyupahito jīva iti sūtrasaṃgatimāha- kathamityādinā /
nanvatrānupahito jīva ukto na paraṃ brahmetyata āha- yastviti /
paunaruktyaṃ śaṅkate- tadetaditi /
dyubhvādivākyasya brahmaparatvamityarthaḥ /
samādhatte- prapañcārthamiti /
setuśabdavyākhyānena bhūtayoneḥ pratyagātmatvasphuṭīkaraṇārthamityarthaḥ /
tasmānmuṇḍakopaniṣad brahmaṇi samanviteti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.1.7
START BsCom_1,3.2.8
2 bhūmādhikaraṇam / sū. 8-9
bhūmā saṃprasādād adhyupadeśāt | BBs_1,3.8 |
idaṃ samāmananti- 'bhūmā tveva vidijñāsitavya iti bhūmānaṃ bhagavo vijijñāsa iti /
yatra nānyatpaśyati nānyacchṛṇoti nānyadvijānāti sa bhūmātha yatrānyatpaśyatyanyacchṛṇotyanyadvijānāti tadalpam' (chā. 7.23,24) ityādi /
tatra saṃśayaḥ /
bhūmeti tāvadbahutvamabhidhīyate, 'bahorlopo bhū ca bahoḥ' (pā. 6.4.158) iti bhūmaśabdasya bhāvapratyayāntatāsmāraṇāt /
kimātmakaṃ punastadbahutvamiti viśeṣākāṅkṣāyāṃ 'prāṇo vā āśābhūyān' (chā. 7.15.1) iti saṃnidhānātprāṇo bhūmeti pratibhāti /
tathā 'śrutaṃ hyeva me bhagavaddṛśebhyastarati śokamātmaviditi so 'haṃ bhagavaḥ śocāmi taṃ mā bhagavāñśokasya pāraṃ tārayatu' (chāṃ. 7.1.3) iti prakaraṇotthānātparamātmā bhūmetyapi pratibhāti /
tatra kasyopādanaṃ nyāyyaṃ kasya vā hānamiti bhavati saṃśayaḥ /
kiṃ tāvatprāptam /
prāṇo bhūmeti /
kasmāt /
bhūyaḥ praśnaprativacanaparaṃparādarśanāt /
yathā hi 'asti bhagavo nāmno bhūyaḥ' iti, 'vāgvāva nāmno bhūyasī' iti /
tathā 'asti bhagavo nāmno bhūyaḥ' iti, mano vāva vāco bhūyaḥ' iti ca nāmādibhyo hyā prāṇādbhūyaḥpraśnaprativacanapravāhaḥ pravṛttaḥ /
naivaṃ prāṇātparaṃ bhūyaḥpraśnaprativacanaṃ dṛśyate 'sti bhagavaḥ prāṇādbhūya ityādo vāva prāṇādbhūya iti /
prāṇameva tu nāmādibhya āśāntebhyo bhūyāsaṃ 'prāṇo vā āśāyā bhūyān' ityādinā saprapañcamuktvā prāṇadarśinaścātivāditvam- 'ativādyasītyativādyasmīti brūyānnāpahnuvīta' ityabhyanujñāya 'eṣa tu vā ativadati yaḥ satyenātivadati' iti prāṇavratamativāditvamanukṛṣyāparityajyaiva prāṇaṃ satyādiparamparayā bhūmānamavatārayanprāṇameva bhūmānaṃ manyanta iti gamyate /
kathaṃ punaḥ prāṇe bhūmani vyākhyāyamāne 'yatra nānyatpaśyati' ityetadbhūmno lakṣaṇaparaṃ vacanaṃ vyākhyāyeteti /
ucyate- suṣuptyavasthāyāṃ prāṇagrasteṣu karaṇeṣu darśanādivyavahāranivṛttidarśanātsaṃbhavati prāṇasyāpi 'yatra nānyatpaśyati' ityetallakṣaṇam /
tathāca śrutiḥ 'na śṛṇoti na paśyati' ityādinā sarvakaraṇavyāpārapratyastamayarūpāṃ suṣuptyavasthāmuktvā 'prāṇāgnaya evaitasminpure jāgrati' (pra. 4.2.3) iti tasyāmevāvasthāyāṃ pañcavṛtteḥ prāṇasya jāgaraṇaṃ bruvatī prāṇapradhānāṃ suṣuptyavasthāṃ darśayati /
yaccaitadbhūmnaḥ sukhatvaṃ śrutam- 'yo vai bhūmā tatsukham' (chā. 7.23) iti, tadapyaviruddham /
'atraiṣa devaḥ svapnānna paśyatyatha yadetasmiñśarīre sukhaṃ bhavati' (pra. 4.6) iti suṣuptyavasthāyāmeva sukhaśravaṇāt /
yacca 'yo vai bhūmā tadamṛtam' (chā. 7.24.1) iti tadapi prāṇasyāviruddhaṃ, 'prāṇo vā amṛtam' (kau. 3.2) iti śruteḥ /
kathaṃ punaḥ prāṇaṃ bhūmānaṃ manyamānasya tarati śokamātmavit ityātmavividiṣayā prakaraṇasyotthānamupapadyate /
prāṇa evehātmā vivakṣita iti brūmaḥ /
tathāhi-' prāṇo ha pitā prāṇo mātā prāṇo bhrātā prāṇaḥ svasā prāṇa ācāryaḥ prāṇo brāhmaṇaḥ' (chā. 7.15.1) iti prāṇameva sarvātmānaṃ karoti /
'yathā vā arā nābhau samarpitā evamasminprāṇe sarvaṃ samarpitam' iti ca sarvātmatvāranābhinidarśanābhyāṃ ca saṃbhavati vaipulyātmikā bhūmarūpatā prāṇasya /
tasmātprāṇo bhūmetyevaṃ prāptam /
tata idamucyate- paramātmaiveha bhūmā bhavitumarhati na prāṇaḥ /
kasmāt /
saṃprasādādadhyupadeśāt /
saṃprasāda iti suṣuptaṃ sthānamucyate, samyakprasīdatyasminniti nirvacanāt /
bṛhadāraṇyake ca svapnajāgaritasthānābhyāṃ saha pāṭhāt tasyāṃ ca saṃprasādāvasthāyāṃ prāṇo jāgartīti prāṇo 'tra saṃprasādo 'bhipreyate /
prāṇādūrdhvaṃ bhūmna upadiśyamānatvādityarthaḥ /
prāṇa eva cedbhūmāsyātsa eva tasmādūrdhvamupadiśyetetyaśliṣṭamevaitatsyāt /
nahi nāmaiva nāmno bhūya iti nāmna ūrdhvamupadiṣṭam /
kiṃ tarhi nāmno 'nyadarthāntaramupadiṣṭaṃ vāgākhyam- 'vāgvāva nāmno bhūyasī' iti /
tathā vāgādibhyo 'pyā prāṇādarthāntarameva tatra tatrordhvamupadiṣṭam /
tadvatprāṇādūrdhvamupadiśyamāno bhūmā prāṇādarthāntarabhūto bhavitumarhati /
nanviha nāsti praśno 'sti bhagavaḥ prāṇādbhūya iti, nāpi prativacanamasti prāṇādvāva bhūyo 'stīti, kathaṃ prāṇādadhi bhūmopadiśyate /
prāṇaviṣayameva cātivāditvāmuttaratrānukṛṣyamāṇaṃ paśyāmaḥ- 'eṣa tu vā ativadati yaḥ satyenātivadati' iti /
tasmānnāsti prādadhyupadeśa iti /
atrocyate- na tāvatprāṇaviṣayasyaivātivāditvasyaitadanukarṣaṇamiti śakyaṃ vaktuṃ, viśeṣavādāt 'yaḥ satyenātivadati' iti /
nanu viśeṣavādo 'pyayaṃ prāṇaviṣaya eva bhaviṣyati /
katham /
yathaiṣo 'gnihotrī yaḥ satyaṃ vadatītyukte na satyavadanenāgnihotritvaṃ, kena tarhi, agnihotreṇaiva /
satyavadanaṃ tvagnihotriṇo viśeṣa ucyate /
tathā 'eṣa tu vā ativadati yaḥ satyenātivadati' ityukte na satyavadanenātivāditvam, kena tarhi, prakṛtena prāṇavijñānenaiva /
satyavadanaṃ tu prāṇavido viśeṣo vivakṣyata iti /
neti brūmaḥ /
śrutyarthaparityāgaprasaṅgāt /
śrutyā hyatra satyavadanenātivāditvaṃ pratīyate- 'yaḥsatyenātivadati so 'tivadati' iti /
nātra prāṇavijñānasya saṃkīrtanamasti /
prakaraṇāttu prāṇavijñānaṃ saṃbadhyeta /
tatra prakaraṇānurodhena śrutiḥ parityaktā syāt /
prakṛtavyāvṛttyarthaśca tuśabdo na saṃgacchate 'eṣa tu vā ativadati' iti /
'satyaṃ tveva vijijñāsitavyam' (chā. 7.16) iti ca prayatnāntarakaraṇamarthāntaravivakṣāṃ sūcayati /
tasmādyathaikavedapraśaṃsāyāṃ prakṛtāyāmeṣa tu mahābrāhmaṇo yaścaturo vedānadhīta ityekavedebhyor'thāntarabhūtaścaturvedaḥ praśasyate tādṛgetaddraṣṭavyam /
naca praśnaprativacanarūpayaivārthāntaravivakṣayā bhavitavyamiti niyamo 'sti /
prakṛtasaṃbandhāsaṃbhavakāritatvādarthāntaravivakṣāyāḥ /
tatra prāṇāntamanuśāsanaṃ śrutvā tūṣṇībhūtaṃ nāradaṃ svayameva sanatkumāro vyutpādayati /
yatprāṇavijñānena vikārānṛtaviṣayeṇātivāditvamanativāditvameva tat 'eṣa tu vā ativadati yaḥ satyenātivadati' iti /
tatra satyamiti paraṃ brahmocyate, paramārtharūpatvāt /
'satyaṃ jñānamanantaṃ brahma' (tai. 2.1) iti ca śrutyantarāt /
tathā vyutpāditāya nāradāya 'so 'haṃ bhagavaḥ satyenātivadāni' ityevaṃ pravṛttāya vijñānādisādhanaparamparayā bhūmānamupadiśati /
tatra yatprāṇādadhi satyaṃ vaktavyaṃ pratijñātaṃ tadeveha bhūmetyucyata iti gamyate /
tasmādasti prāṇādadhi bhūmna upadeśa ityataḥ prāṇādanyaḥ paramātmā bhūmā bhavitumarhati /
evañcehātmavividiṣayā prakaraṇasyotthānamupapannaṃ bhaviṣyati /
prāṇa evehātmā vivakṣita ityetadapi nopapadyate /
nahi prāṇasya mukhyayā vṛttyātmatvamasti /

nacānyatra paramātmajñānācchokavinivṛttirasti, 'nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya' (śve. 6.15) iti śrutyantarāt /
'taṃ mā bhagavāñśokasya pāraṃ tārayatu' (chā. 7.1.3) iti copakramyopasaṃharati- 'tasmai mṛditakaṣāyāya tamasaḥ pāraṃ darśayati bhagavānsanatkumāraḥ' (chā. 7.26.2) iti /
tama iti śokādikāraṇamavidyocyate /
prāṇānte cānuśāsane na prāṇasyānyāyattatocyeta /
'ātmataḥ prāṇaḥ' (chā. 7.26.2) iti ca brāhmaṇam /
prakaraṇānte paramātmavivakṣā bhaviṣyati, 'bhūmā tu prāṇa eveti cet' na /
'sa bhagavaḥ kasminpratiṣṭhita iti sve mahimni' (chā. 7.24.1) ityādinā bhūmna evā prakaraṇasamāpteranukarṣaṇāt /
vaipulyātmikā ca bhūmarūpatā sarvakāraṇatvātparamātmanaḥ sutarāmupapadyate

FN: vyavahārātitaṃ pūrṇaṃ vastu bhūmā /
bhagavaddṛśebhyo yuṣmatsadṛśebhyaḥ /
devaḥ buddhyādyupādhiko jīvaḥ /
prakaraṇāttu saṃbadhyeta ativāditve hetutveneti śeṣaḥ /
prayatnāntaraṃ vicāraḥ /
vijñānamatra nididhyāsanādi /
bhūmā /
chāndogyamudāharati -idamiti /
nālpe sukhamasti bhūmaiva sukham, tasmānniratiśayasukhārthinā bhūmaiva vicārya iti nāradaṃ prati sanatkumāreṇokte sati nārado brūte- bhūmānamiti /
bhūmno lakṣaṇamadvitīyatvamāha- yatreti /
bhūmalakṣaṇaṃ paricchinnalakṣaṇoktyā sphuṭayati- atheti /
atra saṃśayabījaṃ praśnapūrvakamāha- kuta ityādinā /
bahorbhāva iti vigrahe 'pṛthvādibhyā imanic'itīmanpratyaye kṛte 'bahorlopo bhū ca bahoḥ'iti sūtreṇa bahoḥ parasyemanicpratyayasyāderikārasya lepaḥ syāt, bahoḥ sthāne bhūrityādeśaśca syādityukterbhūmanniti śabdo niṣpannaḥ /
tasya bhāvārthakemanpratyayāntatvādbahutvaṃ vācyam /
tatkindharmikamityākāṅkṣāyāṃ saṃnihitaprakaraṇasthaḥ prāṇo dharmo bhāti /
vākyopakramastha ātmāpi svapratipādanāpekṣo dharmitvena bhātīti saṃnihitavyavahitaprakaraṇābhyāṃ saṃśaya ityarthaḥ /
pūrvamātmaśabdāt dyubhvādyāyatanaṃ brahmetyuktaṃ, tadayuktaṃ, 'tarati śokamātmavit'ityabrahmaṇyapyātmaśabdaprayogādityākṣepasaṃgatyā pūrvapakṣyati- prāṇo bhūmeti /
dharmadharmiṇorabhedātsāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ dṛṣṭavyam /
pūrvottarapakṣayoḥ prāṇopāstiḥ brahmajñānaṃ ca phalaṃ krameṇa mantavyam /
atrādhyāye bhūyaḥ praśnottarabhedādarthabhedo dṛśyate /
bhūmā tu prāṇātparaṃ bhūyaḥprakṣaṃ vinaivoktaliṅgena prāṇādabhinna ityāha- kasmādityādinā /
prāṇādbhūya iti na dṛśyata iti pūrveṇa saṃbandhaḥ /
nanu 'eṣa tu vā ativadati'iti tuśabdena prāṇaprakaraṇavicchedānna prāṇo bhūmetyata āha- prāṇameveti /
nāmādyaśāntānupāsyānatītya prāṇaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vadatītyativādi prāṇavid taṃ prati ativādyasīti kenacitpraśne kṛte asmīti brūyāt, nāhamativādītyapahnavaṃ na kuryādityuktam /
prāṇavidameṣa iti parāmṛśya satyavacanadhyānamananaśraddhādidharmaparamparāṃ vidhāya bhūmopadeśānna prakaraṇavicchedaḥ /
tuśabdo nāmādyupāsakasyātivāditvanirāsārtha ityarthaḥ /
bhūmno lakṣaṇavacanaṃ sukhatvamamṛtatvaṃ ca prāṇe praśnapūrvakaṃ yojayati kathaṃ punarityādinā /
prāṇagrasteṣu prāṇe līneṣu na śṛṇoti suṣuptapuruṣa iti śeṣaḥ /
'gārhapatyo ha vā eṣo 'pāno vyāno 'nvāhāryapacana āhavanīyaḥ prāṇaḥ'iti śruteḥ prāṇā agnaya iha pure śarīre jāgrati savyāpārā eva tiṣṭhantītyarthaḥ /
devo jīvaḥ /
atha tadā svapnādarśanakāle sukhaśravaṇātprāṇasya sukhatvamaviruddhamityanvayaḥ /
ātmapadenopakramavirodhaṃ pariharati- prāṇa eveti /
prāṇasyātmatvaṃ kathamityāśaṅkya śrutatvādityāha- tathā hīti /
sarvaṃ samarpitamiti ca sarvādhiṣṭhānaṃ prāṇaṃ svīkaroti śrutirityanvayaḥ ata ātmatvaṃ mukhyārthaṃ darśayati- saṃprasāda iti /
sa vā eṣa etasminsaṃprasāde sthitvā punarādravatīti prayogācca /
tatpadaṃ suṣuptivācakamityāha- bṛhaditi /
vācyārthasaṃbandhātprāṇo lakṣya ityāha- tasyāṃ ceti /
atra sūtra ityarthaḥ /
bhūmā prāṇādbhinno 'trādhyāye, tasmādūrdhvamupadiṣṭatvāt, nāmāderūrdhvamupadiṣṭavāgādivadityarthaḥ /
vipakṣahetūcchedaṃ bādhakamāha- prāṇa eva cediti /
svasyaiva svasmādūrdhvamupadiṣṭatvamayuktaṃ, nāmādiṣvadṛṣṭaṃ cetyarthaḥ /
hetvasiddhiṃ śaṅkate- nanviheti /
prakṛtaprāṇavitparāmarśaka eṣaśabdo na bhavati, tasya yacchabdaparatantratvena satyavādajivācitvāt /
ataḥ prāṇaprakaraṇaṃ vicchinnamiti hetusidvirityāha- atrocyata iti /
satyenātivāditvaṃ viśeṣaḥ, tadvato ya eṣa ityukterna pūrvānukarṣa ityarthaḥ /
ya eṣa prāṇavidativadatītyanūdya sa satyaṃ vadediti vidhānānna prāṇaprakaraṇaviccheda iti dṛṣṭāntena śaṅkate- nanviti /
satyaśabdo hyabādhite rūḍho brahmavācakaḥ, tadanyasya mithyātvāt /
satyavacane tvabādhitārthasaṃbandhāllākṣaṇika iti nātra lakṣyavacanavidhirityāha- neti brūma iti /
kiñca satyena brahmaṇātivadatīti tṛtīyāśrutyā brahmakaraṇakamativāditvaṃ śrutaṃ, tasya prakaraṇādbādho na yukta ityāha- śrutyā hītyādinā /
atreti /
satyavākya ityarthaḥ /
evaṃ satyeneti śrutyā prakaraṇaṃ bādhyamityuktvā tuśabdenāpi bādhyamāha- prakṛteti /
vijijñāsyatvaliṅgācca pūrvoktādbhinnamityāha- satyaṃ tveveti /
prakaraṇavicchede dṛṣṭāntamāha- tasmāditi /
śrutiliṅgabalādetatsatyaṃ prakṛtātprāṇātprādhānyena bhinnaṃ dṛṣṭavyamityarthaḥ /
evamativāditvasya brahmasaṃbandhoktyā prāṇaliṅgatvaṃ nirastam /
yattu praśnaṃ vinoktatvaliṅgādbhūmā prāṇa iti, tanna, tasyāprayojakatvādityāha- na ceti /
praśnabhedādarthabheda iti na niyamaḥ, ekasyātmano maitreyyā bahuśaḥ pṛṣṭatvāt /
praśnaṃ vinoktacāturvedasya prakṛtaikavedādbhinnatvadarśanāccetyarthaḥ /
tatra yathā caturvedatvasya prakṛtāsaṃbandhādarthabhedaḥ, evamihāpīti sphuṭayati- tatretyadinā /
satyapadena prāṇoktirityata āha- tatra satyamiti /
vijñānaṃ nididhyāsanam /
ādipadānmananaśraddhāśravaṇamanaḥśuddhiniṣṭātaddhetukarmāṇi gṛhyante /
imānyati śravaṇādīni jñeyasya satyasya brahmatve liṅgāni /
evaṃ śrutiliṅgaiḥ prāṇasyāvāntaraprakaraṇaṃ bādhitvā prastutaṃ satyaṃ brahma bhūmapadoktabahutvadharmītyāha- tatra yaditi /
kiñca 'saṃnihitādapi vyavahitaṃ sākāṅkṣaṃ balīyaḥ'iti nyāyena saṃnihitaṃ nirākāṅkṣaṃ prāṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā vākyopakramastha ātmā svapratipādanāya bhūmavākyāpekṣa iha bhūmā grāhya ityāha- evaṃ ceti /
kiñca śokasya pāramityupakramya tamasaḥ pāramityupasaṃhārāt, śokasya mūlocchedaṃ vinā taraṇāyogācca, śokapadena mūlatamo gṛhyate /
tannivartakajñānagamyatvaliṅgādātmā brahmetyāha- na cānyatreti /
brāhmaṇamātmāyattatvaṃ prāṇasya vadatīti saṃbandhaḥ /
nanvidaṃ caramaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brahmaparamastu, tataḥ prāgukto bhūmā prāṇa iti śaṅkate- prakaraṇānta iti /
tacchabdena bhūmānukarṣānmaivamityāha- neti

END BsCom_1,3.2.8
START BsCom_1,3.2.9
dharmopapatteś ca | BBs_1,3.9 |
apica ye bhūmni śrūyante dharmāste paramātmanyupapadyante /
'yatra nānyatpaśyati nānyacchṛṇoti nānyadvajānāti sa bhūmā' iti darśanādivyavahārābhāvaṃ bhūmānyavagamayati /
paramātmani cāyaṃ darśanādivyavahārābhāvo 'vagataḥ /
'yatra tvasya sarvamātmaivābhūttatkena kaṃ paśyet' (bṛ. 4.5.15) ityādiśrutyantarāt /
yo 'pyasau suṣuptāvasthāyāṃ darśanādivyavahārābhāva uktaḥ so 'pyātmana evāsaṅgatvavivakṣayokto na prāṇasvabhāvavivakṣayā, paramātmaprakaraṇāt /
yadapi tasyāmavasthāyāṃ sukhamuktaṃ, tadapyātmana eva sukharūpatvavivakṣayoktam /
yata āha- 'eṣo 'sya parama ānanda etasyaivānandasyānyāni bhūtāni mātrāmupajīvanti' (bṛ. 4.3.32) iti /
ihāpi 'yo vai bhūmā tatsukhaṃ nālpe sukhamasti bhūmaiva sukham' iti sāmayasukhanirākaraṇena brahmaiva sukhaṃ bhūmānaṃ darśayati /
'yo vai bhūmā tadamṛtam' ityamṛtatvamapīha śrūyamāṇaṃ paramakāraṇaṃ gamayati /
vikārāṇāmṛtatvasyāpekṣikatvāt, 'ato 'nyadārtam' (bṛ. 3.4.2) iti ca śrutyantarāt /
tathāca satyatvaṃ svamahimapratiṣṭhitatvaṃ sarvagatatvaṃ sarvāttmatvamiti caite dharmāḥ śrūyamāṇāḥ paramātmanyevopapadyante nānyatra /
tasmādbhūmeti siddham

FN: ukto na śṛṇotītyādinā /
āmayena duḥkhena sahitaṃ sāmayam /
ārte naśvaram /
bhūmno brahmatve liṅgāntaramāha- dharmeti /
sūtram /
yaduktaṃ bhūmno lakṣaṇaṃ sukhatvamamṛtatvaṃ ca prāṇeṣu yojyamiti tadanūdya vighaṭayati- yo 'pyasāvityādinā /
sati buddhyādyupādhāvātmano draṣṭṛtvādiḥ, tadabhāve suṣuptau tadabhāva ityasaṅgatvajñānārthaṃ praśnopaniṣadi 'na śṛṇoti na paśyati'iti paramātmānaṃ prakṛtyoktam /
tathā tatraivātmanaḥ sukhatvamuktaṃ na prāṇasya /
yataḥ śrutyantaramātmana eva sukhatvamāha tasmādityarthaḥ /
āmayo nāśādidoṣaḥ tatsahitaṃ sāmayam /
ārtaṃ naśvaram /
'sa evādhastāt sa upariṣṭāt'iti sarvagatatvaṃ, 'sa evedaṃ sarvam'iti sarvātmatvaṃ ca śrutaṃ, tasmādbhūmādhyāyo nirguṇe samanvita iti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.2.9
START BsCom_1,3.3.10
3 akṣarādhikaraṇam / sū. 10-12
akṣaram ambarāntadhṛteḥ | BBs_1,3.10 |
'kasminnu khalvākāśa otaśca protaśceti /
sa hovācaitadvai tadakṣaraṃ gārgi brāhmaṇā abhivadantyasthūlamanaṇu' (bṛ. 3.8.7,8)ityādi śrūyate /
tatra saṃśayaḥ- kimakṣaraśabdena varṇa ucyate kiṃvā parameśvara iti /
tatrākṣarasamāmnāya ityādāvakṣaraśabdasya varṇe prasiddhatvāt prasiddhyatikramasya cāyuktatvāt 'oṅkāra evedaṃ sarvam' (chā. 2.23.3) ityādau ca śrutyantare varṇasyāpyupāsyatvena sarvātmakatvāvadhāraṇāt, varṇa evākṣaraśabda iti, evaṃ prāpta ucyate- para evātmākṣaraśabdavācyaḥ /
kasmāt /
ambarāntadhṛteḥ- pṛthivyāderākāśāntasya vikārajātasya dhāraṇāt /
tatra hi pṛthivyādeḥ samastavikārajātasya kālatrayavibhaktasya 'ākāśa eva tadotaṃ ca protaṃ ca' ityākāśe pratiṣṭhitatvamuktvā 'kasminnu khalvākāśa otaśca protaśca' ityanena praśnenedamakṣaramavatāritam /
tathācopasaṃhṛtam- 'etasminnu khalvakṣare gārgyākāśa otaśca protaśca' iti /
naceyamambarāntadhṛtirbrahmaṇo 'nyatra saṃbhavati /
yadapi 'oṅkāra evedaṃ sarvam' iti tadapi brahmapratipattisādhanatvātstutyarthaṃ draṣṭavyam /
tasmānna kṣaratyaśnute ceti nityatvāvyāpitatvābhyāmakṣaraṃ parameva brahma

FN: 'rūḍhiryogamapaharati' iti nyāyenāha- prasiddhīti /
akṣaramambarāntadhṛteḥ /
bṛhadāraṇyakaṃ paṭhati- kasminnviti /
yadbhūtaṃ bhavacca bhaviṣyacca tatsarvaṃ kasminnotamiti gārgyā pṛṣṭhena muninā yājñavalkyenāvyākṛtākāśaḥ kāryamātrāśraya uktaḥ /
ākāśaḥ kasminnota iti dvitīyapraśne sa muniruvāca, tadavyākṛtasyādhikaraṇametadakṣaramasthūlādirūpamityarthaḥ /
ubhayatrākṣaraśabdaprayogātsaṃśayaḥ /
yathā satyaśabdo brahmaṇi rūḍha iti brahma bhūmetyuktaṃ tathākṣaraśabdo varṇe rūḍha iti dṛṣṭāntena pūrvapakṣaḥ /
tatra oṅkāropāstiḥ phalaṃ, siddhānte nirguṇabrahmadhīriti vivekaḥ /
nanu na kṣaratītyacalatvānāśitvayogādbrahmaṇyapyakṣaraśabdo mukhya ityata āha- prasiddhyatikramasyeti /
'rūḍharyogamapaharati'iti nyāyādityarthaḥ /
varṇasya oṅkārasya sarvāśrayatvaṃ kathamityāśaṅkya dhyānārthamidaṃ yathā śrutyantare sarvātmatvamityāha- oṅkāra iti /
praśnaprativacanābhyāmākāśāntajagadādhāratve tātparyaniścayānna dhyānārthatā, atastalliṅgabalādrūḍhiṃ bādhitvā yogavṛttirgrāhyeti sidvāntayati- evamityādinā

END BsCom_1,3.3.10
START BsCom_1,3.3.11
'syādetat kāryasya cetkāraṇādhīnatvamambarāntadhṛtirabhyupagamyate, pradhānakāraṇavādino 'pīyamupapadyate /
kathamambarāntadhṛterbrahmatvapratipattiḥ' /
ata uttaraṃ paṭhati-
sā ca praśāsanāt | BBs_1,3.11 |
sā cāmbarāntadhṛtiḥ parameśvarasyaiva karma /
kasmāt /
praśāsanāt /
praśāsanaṃ hīha śrūyate- 'etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi sūryācandramasau vidhṛtau tiṣṭhataḥ' (bṛ. 3.8.9) ityādi /
praśāsanaṃ ca pārameśvaraṃ karma /
nācetanasya pradhānasya praśāsanaṃ bhavati /
na hyacetanānāṃ ghaṭādikāraṇānāṃ mṛdādīnāṃ ghaṭādiviṣayaṃ praśāsanamasti

ākāśaṃ bhūtaṃ kṛtvā śaṅkate -syādetaditi /
cetanakartṛkaśikṣāyā atra śrutermaivamityāha- sā ceti /
sūtraṃ vyācaṣṭe- sā ceti /
cakāra ākāśasya bhūtatvanirāsārthaḥ /
bhūtākāśasya kāryantaḥpātinaḥ śrutasarvakāryāśrayatvāyogādavyākṛtamajñānamevākāśaḥ pradhānaśabdita iti tadāśrayatvāccākṣaraṃ na pradhānamityarthaḥ /
vidhṛtau viṣayatvena dhṛtau

END BsCom_1,3.3.11
START BsCom_1,3.3.12
anyabhāvavyāvṛtteśca | BBs_1,3.12 |
anyabhāvavyāvṛtteśca kāraṇādbrahmaivākṣaraśabdavācyam /
tasyaivāmbarāntadhṛtiḥ karma nānyasya kasya cit /
kimidamanyabhāvavyāvṛtteriti /
anyasya bhāvo 'nyabhāvasyasmādvyāvṛttiranyabhāvavyāvṛttiriti /
etaduktaṃ bhavati-
yadanyadbrahmaṇo 'kṣaraśabdavācyamihāśaṅkyate tadbhāvādidamambarāntavidhāraṇamakṣaraṃ vyāvartayati śrutiḥ- 'tadvā etadakṣaraṃ gārgyadṛṣṭaṃ daṣṭraśrutaṃ śrotramataṃ mantravijñātaṃ vijñātṛ' (bṛ. 3.8.11) iti /
tatrādṛṣṭatvādivyapadeśaḥ pradhānasyāpi saṃbhavati /
draṣṭṛtvādivyapadeśastu na saṃbhavatyacenatvāt /
tathā 'nānyadato 'sti draṣṭṛ nānyadatosti śrotṛ nānyadato 'sti mantṛ nānyadato 'sti vijñātṛ' ityātmabhedapratiṣedhāt na śārīrasyāpyupādhimato 'kṣaraśabdavācyatvam /
'acakṣuṣkamaśrotramavāgamanaḥ' (bṛ. 3.8.8) iti copādhimattāpratiṣedhāt /
nahi nirupādhikaḥ śārīro nāma bhavati /
tasmātparameva brahmākṣaramiti niścayaḥ

praśnapūrvakaṃ sūtraṃ vyākaroti- kimidamiti /
ghaṭatvādvayāvṛttiriti bhrāntiṃ nirasyati- etaditi /
ambarāntasyādhāramakṣaraṃ śrutiracetanatvādvyāvartayatītyartaḥ /
jīvanirāsaparatvenāpi sūtraṃ yojayati- tatheti /
anyabhāvo bhedastanniṣedhāditi sūtrārthaḥ /
tarhi śodhito jīva evākṣaraṃ na para ityata āha- nahīti /
śodhite jīvatvaṃ nāstītyarthaḥ /
tasmādgārgibrāhmaṇaṃ nirguṇākṣare samanvitamiti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.3.12
START BsCom_1,3.4.13
4 īkṣatikarmavyapadeśādhikaraṇam / sū. 13
īkṣatikarmavyapadeśāt saḥ | BBs_1,3.13 |
'etadvai satyakāma paraṃ cāparaṃ ca brahma yadoṅkārastasmādvidvānetenaivāyatanenaikataramanveti iti prakṛtya śrūyate- 'yaḥ punaretaṃ trimātreṇomithyetenaivākṣareṇa paraṃ puruṣamabhidhyāyīta' (pra. 5.2,5) iti /
kimasminvākye paraṃ brahmābhidhyātavyamudiśyata āhosvidaparamiti /
etenaivāyatanena paramaparaṃ caikataramanvetīti prakṛtatvātsaṃśayaḥ /
tatrāparamidaṃ brahmeti prāptam /
kasmāt /
'sa tejasi sūrye saṃpannaḥ'' 'sa sāmabhirunnīyate brahmalokam' iti ca tadvido deśaparicchinnasya phalasyocyamānatvāt /
nahi parabrahmaviddeśaparicchinnaṃ phalamaśnuvīteti yuktam, sarvagatatvātparasya brahmaṇaḥ /
nanvāparabrahmaparigrahe paraṃ puruṣamiti viśeṣaṇaṃ nopapadyate /
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
piṇḍāpekṣayā prāṇasya paratvopapatteḥ /
ityevaṃ prāpte 'bhidhīyate- parameva brahmehābhidhyātavyamupadiśyate /
kasmāt /
īkṣatikarmavyapadeśāt /
īkṣatirdarśanam /
darśanavyāpyamīkṣatikarmā /
īkṣatikarmatvenāsyābhidhyātavyasya puruṣasya vākyaśeṣe vyapadeśo bhavati- 'sa etasmājjīvaghanātparātparaṃ puriśayaṃ puraṣamīkṣate' iti /
tatrābhidhyāyateratathābhūtamapi vastu karma bhavati /
manorathakalpitasyāpyabhidhyāyatikarmatvāt /
īkṣatestu tathābhūtameva vastu loke karma dṛṣṭamityataḥ paramātmaivāyaṃ samyagdarśanaviṣayabhūta īkṣatikarmatvena vyadiṣṭa iti gamyate /
sa eva ceha parapuruṣaśabdābhyāmabhidhyātavyaḥ pratyabhijñāyate /
nanvabhidhyāne paraḥ puruṣa uktaḥ, īkṣaṇe tu parātparaḥ, kathamitara itaratra pratyabhijñāyata iti /
atrocyate- parapuruṣaśabdau tāvadubhayatra sādhāraṇau /
nacātra jīvanaghanaśabdena prakṛto 'bhidhyātavyaḥ paraḥ puruṣaḥ parāmṛśyate, yena tasmātparātparo 'yamīkṣitavyaḥ puruṣo 'nyaḥ syāt /
kastarhi jīvaghana iti /
ucyate- ghano mūrtiḥ /
jīvalakṣaṇo ghano jīvaghanaḥ /
saindhavakhilyavadyaḥ paramātmano jīvarūpaḥ khilyabhāva upādhikṛtaḥ paraśca viṣayendriyebhyaḥ so 'tra jīvaghana iti /
apara āha- 'sa sāmabhirunnīyate brahmalokam' ityatītānantaravākyanirdiṣṭo yo brahmalokaḥ paraśca lokāntarebhyaḥ so 'trajīvaghana ityucyate /
jīvānāṃ hi sarveṣāṃ karaṇaparivṛtānāṃ sarvakaraṇātmani hiraṇyagarbhe brahmalokanivāsini saṃghātopapatterbhavati brahmaloko jīvaghanaḥ /
tasmātparo yaḥ paramātmekṣaṇakarmabhūtaḥ sa evābhidhyāne 'pi karmabhūta iti gamyate /
paraṃ puruṣamiti ca viśeṣaṇaṃ paramātmaparigraha evāvakalpate /
paro hi puruṣaḥ paramātmaiva bhavati yasmātparaṃ kiñcidanyannāsti, 'puruṣānna paraṃ kiñcitsā kāṣṭhā sā parā gatiḥ' iti ca śrutyantarāt /
'paraṃ cāparaṃ ca brahma yadoṅkāraḥ' iti ca vibhajyānantaramoṅkāreṇa paraṃ puruṣamabhidhyātavyaṃ bruvanparameva brahmaparaṃ puruṣaṃ gamayati /
'yathā pādodarastvacā vinirmucyata evaṃ ha vai sa pāpmanā vinirmucyate' iti pāpmavinirmokaphalavacanaṃ paramātmānamihābhidhyātavyaṃ sūcayati /
atha yaduktaṃ paramātmābhidhyāyino na deśaparicchinnaphalaṃ yujyata iti /
atrocyate- trimātreṇoṅkāreṇālambanena paramātmānamabhidhyāyataḥ phalaṃ brahmalokaprāptiḥ krameṇa ca samyagdarśanotpattiriti kramamuktyabhiprāyametadbhaviṣyatītyadoṣaḥ

FN: paraṃ nirviśeṣam, aparaṃ kāryaṃ, āyatanena prāptisādhanena, anveti prāpnoti /
aparaṃ brahma hiraṇyagarbhaḥ /
piṇḍaḥ sthūlo virāṭ tadapekṣayā sūtrasya paratvamti samādhyarthaḥ /
vyāpyaṃ viṣayaḥ /
saindhavākhilyo lavaṇapiṇḍaḥ, khilyabhāvo 'lpatvam /
pādodaraḥ sarpaḥ /
īkṣatikarmavyapadeśātsaḥ /
praśnopaniṣadamūdāharati- etaditi /
pippalādo guruḥ satyakāmena pṛṣṭo brūte, he satyakāma, paraṃ nirguṇamaparaṃ saguṇaṃ brahmaitadeva yo 'yaṃ oṅkāraḥ /
sa hi pratimeva viṣṇostasya pratīkaḥ /
tasmātpraṇavaṃ brahmātmanā vidvānetenaiva oṅkāradhyānenāyatanena prāptisādhanena yathādhyānaṃ paramaparaṃ vānveti prāpnotīti prakṛtya madhye ekamātradvimātroṅkārayordhyānamuktvā bravīti- yaḥ punariti /
itthaṃbhāve tṛtīyā, brahmoṅkārayorabhedopakramāt /
yo hyakārādimātrātraye ekasyā mātrāyā akārasya ṛṣyādikaṃ jāgradādivibhūtiṃ ca jānāti tena samyagjñātā ekā mātrā yasyoṅkārasya sa ekamātraḥ /
evaṃ mātrādvayasya samyagvibhūtijñāne dvimātrastathā trimātraḥ /
tamoṅkāraṃ puruṣaṃ yo 'bhidhyāyīta sa oṅkāravibhūtitvena dhyātaiḥ sāmabhiḥ sūryadvārā brahmalokaṃ gatvā paramātmānaṃ puruṣamīkṣata ityarthaḥ /
saṃśayaṃ tadbījaṃ cāha- kimityādinā /
asmin trimātravākya ityarthaḥ /
pūrvatra pūrvapakṣatvenokte oṅkāre buddhisthaṃ dhyātavyaṃ niścīyata iti prasaṅgasaṃgatiḥ /
yadvā pūrvatra varṇe rūḍhasyākṣaraśabdasya liṅgādbrahmaṇi vṛttiruktā, tadvadatrāpi brahmalokaprāptiliṅgatparaśabdasya hiraṇyagarbhe vṛttiriti dṛṣṭāntena pūrvapakṣayati- tatrāparamiti /
kāryaparabrahmaṇorūpāstirūbhayatra phalam /
sa upāsakaḥ /
sūrye saṃpannaḥ praviṣṭaḥ nanu vasudāna īśvara iti dhyānādvindate vasvityalpamapi phalaṃ brahmopāsakasya śrutamityata āha- nahīti /
anyatra tathātve 'pi atra paravitparamaparavidaparamanvetītyupakramātparavido 'paraprāptirayuktā, upakramavirodhāt /
na cātra paraprāptirevokteti vācyaṃ, parasya sarvagatatvādatraiva prāptisaṃbhavena sūryadvārā gativaiyarthyāt /
tasmādupakramānugṛhītādaparaprāptirūpālliṅgātparaṃ puruṣamiti paraśrutirbādhyetyarthaḥ /
paraśrutergatiṃ pṛcchati- nanviti /
piṇḍaḥ sthūlo virāṭ tadapekṣayā sūtrasya paratvamiti samādhyarthaḥ /
sūtre saśabda īśvarapara iti pratijñatatvena taṃ vyācaṣṭe- parameveti /
sa upāsaka etasmādviraṇyagarbhātparaṃ puruṣaṃ brahmāhamitīkṣata ityarthaḥ /
nanvīkṣaṇaviṣayo 'pyaparostu, tatrāha- tatrābhidhyāyateriti /
nanvīkṣaṇaṃ pramātvādviṣayasatyatāmapekṣata iti bhavatu satyaḥ para īkṣaṇīyaḥ /
dhyātavyastvasatyo 'paraḥ kiṃ na syādityata āha- sa eveti /
śrutibhyāṃ pratyabhijñānātsa evāyamiti sautraḥ saśabdo vyākhyātaḥ atraivaṃ sūtrayojanā-oṅkāre yo dhyeyaḥ sa para evātmā, vākyaśeṣe īkṣaṇīyatvokteḥ /
atra ca śrutipratyabhijñānātsa evāyamiti /
nanu śabdabhedānna pratyabhijñeti śaṅkate- nanviti /
parātpara iti śabdabhedamaṅgīkṛtya śrutibhyāmuktapratyabhijñāyā avirodhamāha- atreti /
nanu 'etasmājjīvadhanātparāt'ityetatpadenopakrāntadhyātavyaparāmarśādīkṣaṇīyaḥ /
parātmā dhyeyādanya ityata āha- na cātreti /
dhyānasya tatphalekṣaṇasya ca loke samānaviṣayatvāddhyeya evekṣaṇīyaḥ /
evaṃ copakramopasaṃhārayorekavākyatā bhavatīti bhāvaḥ /
'sa sāmabhirūnnīyate brahmalokam''sa etasmājjīvaghanāt'ityetatpadena saṃnihitataro brahmalokasvāmī parāmṛśyata iti praśnapūrvakaṃ vyācaṣṭe- kastarhītyādinā /
'mūrtau ghanaḥ'iti sūtrāditi bhāvaḥ /
saindhavakhilyo lavaṇapiṇḍaḥ /
khilyavadalpo bhāvaḥ paricchedo yasya sa khilyabhāvaḥ /
etatpadena brahmaloko vā parāmṛśyata ityāha- apara iti /
jīvaghanaśabdasya brahmaloke lakṣaṇāṃ darśayati- jīvānāṃ hīti /
vyaṣṭikaraṇābhimānināṃ jīvānāṃ ghanaḥ saṃghāto yasminsarvakaraṇābhimānini sa jīvaghanaḥ tatsvāmikatvātparaṃparāsaṃbandhena loko lakṣya ityarthaḥ /
tasmātparaḥ sarvalokātītaḥ śuddha ityarthaḥ /
parapuruṣaśabdasya paramātmani mukhyatvācca sa eva dhyeya ityāha- paramiti /
yasmātparaṃ nāparamasti kiñcit sa evaṃ mukhyaḥ paraḥ na tu piṇḍātparaḥ sūtrātmetyarthaḥ /
kiñca paraśabdenopakrame niścitaṃ paraṃ brahmaivātra vākyaśeṣe dhyātavyamityāha- paraṃ cāparaṃ ceti /
pāpanivṛttiliṅgācetyāha- yatheti /
pādodaraḥ sarpaḥ /
oṅkāre parabrahmopāsanayā sūryadvārā brahmalokaṃ gatvā parabrahmekṣitvā tadeva śāntamabhayaṃ paraṃ prāpnotītyavirodhamāha- atrocyata iti /
evamekavākyatāsamarthanaprakaraṇānugṛhītaparapuruṣaśrutibhyāṃ parabrahmapratyabhijñayā brahmalokaprāptiliṅgaṃ bādhitvā vākyaṃ praṇavadhyeye brahmaṇi samanvitamiti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.4.13
START BsCom_1,3.5.14
5 daharādhikaraṇam / sū. 14-21
dahara uttarebhyaḥ | BBs_1,3.14 |
'atha yadidamasminbrahmapure daharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma daharo 'sminnantarākāśastasminyadantastadanveṣṭavyaṃ tadbhāva vijijñāsitavyam' /
(chā. 8.1.1) ityādivākyaṃ samāmnāyate /
tatra yo 'yaṃ dahare hṛdayapuṇrīke dahara ākāśaḥ śrutaḥ sa kiṃ bhūtākāśo 'thavā vijñānātmā'thavā paramātmeti saṃśayyate /
kutaḥ saṃśayaḥ /
ākāśabrahmapuraśabdābhyām /
ākāśaśabdo hyayaṃ bhūtākāśe parasmiṃśca prayujyamāno dṛśyate /
tatra kiṃ bhūtākāśa eva daharaḥ syātkiṃvā para iti saṃśayaḥ /
tathā brahmapuramiti kiṃ jīvo 'tra brahmanāmā tasyedaṃ puraṃ śarīraṃ brahmapuramathavā parasyaiva brahmaṇaḥ puraṃ brahmapuramiti /
tatra jīvasya parasya vānyatarasya purasvāmino daharākāśatve saṃśayaḥ /
tatrākāśaśabdasya bhūtākāśe rūḍhatvādbhūtākāśa eva daharaśabda iti prāptam /
tasya ca daharāyatanāpekṣayā daharatvam /
'yāvānvā ayamākāśastāvāneṣo 'ntarhadaya ākāśaḥ' iti ca bāhyāyantarabhāvakṛtabhedasyopamānopameyabhāvaḥ dyāvāpṛthivyādi ca tasminnantaḥ samāhitaṃ, avakāśātmanākāśasyaikatvāt /
athavā jīvo dahara iti prāptam, brahmapuraśabdāt /
jīvasya hīdaṃ puraṃ saccharīraṃ brahmapuramityucyate /
tasya svakarmaṇopārjitatvāt /
bhaktyā ca tasya brahmaśabdavācyatvam /
nahi parasya brahmaṇaḥ śarīreṇa svasvāmibhāvaḥ saṃbandho 'sti /
tatra purasvāminaḥ puraikadeśe 'vasthānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ yathā rājñaḥ /
manaupādhikaśca jīvaḥ, manaśca prāyeṇa hṛdaye pratiṣṭhitamityato jīvasyaivedaṃ hṛdaye 'ntaravasthānaṃ syāt /
daharatvamapi tasyaiva ārāgropamitatvādavakalpate /
ākāśopamitatvādi ca brahmābhedavivakṣayā bhaviṣyati /
nacātra daharasyākāśasyānveṣyatvaṃ vijijñāsitavyatvaṃ ca śrūyate /
'tasminyadantaḥ' iti paraviśeṣaṇatvenopādānāditi /
ata uttaraṃ brūmaḥ- parameśvara evātra daharākāśo bhavitumarhati na bhūtākāśo jīvo vā /
kasmāt /
uttarebhyo vākyaśeṣagatebhyo hetubhyaḥ /
tathāhi- anveṣṭavyatayā vihitasya daharasyākāśasya 'taṃ cedbrūyuḥ' ityupakramya 'kiṃ tadatra vidyate yadanveṣṭavyaṃ yadbhāva vijijñāsitavyam' ityevamākṣepapūrvakaṃ pratisamādhānavacanaṃ bhavati /
'sa brūyādyavānvā ayamākāśastāvāneṣo 'ntarhṛdaya ākāśa ubhe asmindyāvāpṛthivī antareva samāhite' (chā. 8.1.3) ityādi /
tatra puṇḍarīkadaharatvena prāptadaharatvasyākāśasya prasiddhākāśaupamyena daharatvaṃ nivartayanbhūtākāśatvaṃ daharasyākāśasya nivartayatīti gamyate /
yadyapyākāśaśabdo bhūtākāśe rūḍhastathāpi tenaiva tasyopamā nopapadyata iti bhūtākāśaśaṅkā nivartitā bhavati /
nanvekasyāpyākāśasya bāhyābhyantaratvakalpitena bhedenopamānopameyabhāvaḥ saṃbhavatītyuktam /
naivaṃ saṃbhavati /
agatikā hīyaṃ gatiḥ, yatkālpanikabhedāśrayaṇam /
apica kalpayitvāpi bhedamupamānopameyabhāvaṃ varṇayataḥ paricchinnatvādabhyantarākāśasya na bāhyākāśaparimāṇatvamupapadyeta /
nanu parameśvarasyāpi 'jyāyānākāśāt' (śata. brā. 10.6.6.2) iti śrutyantarānnaivākāśaparimāṇatvamupapadyate /
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
puṇḍarīkaveṣṭanaprāptadaharatvanivṛttiparatvādvākyasya na tāvattvapratipādanaparatvam /
ubhayapratipādane hi vākyaṃ bhidyeta /
naca kalpitabhede piṇḍarīkaveṣṭita ākāśaikadeśe dyāvāpṛthivyādīnāmantaḥsamādhānamupapadyate /
'eṣa ātmāpahatapāpmā vijaro vimṛtyurvīśoko vijighatso 'pipāsaḥ satyakāmaḥ satyasaṃkalpaḥ' iti cātmatvāpahatapāpmatvādayaśca guṇā na bhūtākāśe saṃbhavanti /
yadyapyātmaśabdo jīve saṃbhavati tathāpītarebhyaḥ kāraṇebhyo jīvāśaṅkāpi nivartitā bhavati /
nahyupādhiparicchinnasyārāgropamitasya jīvasya puṇḍarīkaveṣṭhanakṛtaṃ daharatvaṃ śakyaṃ nivartayitum /
brahmābhedavivakṣayā jīvasya sarvagatatvādi vivakṣyeteti cet /
yadātmatayā jīvasya sarvagatatvādi vivakṣyeta tasyaiva brahmaṇaḥ sākṣātsarvagatatvādivivakṣyatāmiti yuktam /
yadapyuktaṃ brahmapuramiti jīvena parasyopalakṣitatvādrājña iva jīvasyaivedaṃ purasvāminaḥ puraikadeśavartitvamastviti /
atra brūmaḥ- parasyaivedaṃ brahmaṇaḥ puraṃ saccharīraṃ brahmapuramityucyate, brahmaśabdasya tasminmukhyatvāt /
tasyāpyasti pureṇānena saṃbandhaḥ, upalabdhyadhiṣṭhānatvāt /
'sa etasmājjīvaghanātparātparaṃ puriśayaṃ puruṣamīkṣate' (praṃ 5.5) 'sa vā ayaṃ puruṣaḥ sarvāsu pūrṣu puriśayaḥ' (bṛ. 2.5.18) ityādiśrutibhyaḥ /
athavā jīvapura evāsminbrahma saṃnihitamupalakṣyate /
yathā śālagrāme viṣṇaḥ saṃnihita iti tadvat /
'tadyatheha karmacito lokaḥ kṣīyata evamevāmutra puṇyacito lokaḥ kṣīyate' (chā. 8.1.6) iti ca karmaṇāmantavatphalamuktvā 'atha ya ihātmānamanuvidya vrajatyetāṃśca satyānkāmānsteṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati' iti prakṛtadaharākāśavijñānasyānantaphalatvaṃ vadanparamātmatvamasya sūcayati /
yadapyetaduktaṃ, na daharasyākāśasyānveṣṭavyatvaṃ vijijñāsitavyaṃ ca śrutaṃ, paraviśeṣaṇatvenopādānāditi atra brūmaḥ- yadyākāśo nānveṣṭavyatvenoktaḥ syāt 'yāvānvā ayamākāśastāvāneṣo 'ntarhadaya ākāśaḥ' ityādyākāśasvarūpapradarśanaṃ nopayujyate /
nanvetadapyantarvartivastusadbhāvapradarśanāyaiva pradarśyate /
'taṃ cedbrūyuryadidamasminbrahmapure daharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma daharo 'sminnantarākāśaḥ kiṃ tadatra vidyate yadanveṣṭavyaṃ yadbhāva vijijñāsitavyam' ityākṣipya parihārāvasara ākāśaupamyopakrameṇa dyāvāpṛthivyādīnāmantaḥsamāhitatvadarśanāt /
naitadevam /
evaṃ hi sati yadantaḥsamāhitaṃ dyāvāpṛthivyādi tadanveṣṭavyaṃ vijijñāsitavyaṃ cokta syāt /
tatra vākyaśeṣo nopapadyeta /
'asminkāmāḥ samāhitāḥ' 'eṣa ātmāpahatapāpmā' iti hi prakṛtaṃ dyāvāpṛthivyādisamādhānādhāramākāśamākṛṣya 'atha ya ihātmānamanuvidya vrajantyetāṃśca satyānkāmān' iti samuccayārthena caśabdenātmānaṃ kāmādhārāśritāṃśca kāmānvijñeyānvākyaśeṣo darśayati /
tasmādvākyopakrame 'pi dahara evākāśo hṛdayapuṇḍarīkādhiṣṭhānaḥ sahāntaḥsthaiḥ samāhitaiḥ pṛthivyādibhiḥ satyaiśca kāmairvijñeya ukta iti gamyate /
sa coktebhyo hetubhyaḥ parameśvara iti

FN: brahmapuraṃ śarīraṃ, daharaṃ sūkṣmaṃ, puṇḍarīkaṃ tadākāratvātprakṛtaṃ hṛdayameva /
tatra parasya saṃnidherveśmaśabdaḥ /
bhaktyā caitanyaguṇayogena /
vigatā jighatsā jagdhumicchā yasya /
babhukṣāśūnya ityarthaḥ /
daharatvaṃ alpatvam /
ādipadaṃ sarvādhāratvādisaṃgrahārtham /
pūrṣu śarīreṣu, puri hṛdaye vā śete iti puruṣaḥ /
anuvidya dhyāyenānubhūya /
samāhitāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ /
dahara uttarebhyaḥ /
chandogyamudāharati- atheti /
bhūmavidyānantaraṃ daharavidyāprārambhārtho 'thaśabdaḥ /
brahmaṇo 'bhivyaktisthānatvādbrahmapuraṃ śarīram /
asmin yatprasiddhaṃ daharamalpaṃ hṛtpadmaṃ tasminhṛdaye yadantarākāśaśabditaṃ brahma tadanveṣṭavyaṃ vicārya jñeyamityarthaḥ /
atrākāśo jijñāsyaḥ, tadantaḥsthaṃ veti prathamaṃ saṃśayaḥ kalpyaḥ /
tatra yadyākāśastadā saṃśayadvayam /
tatrākāśaśabdādekaṃ saṃśayamuktvā brahmapuraśabdātsaṃśayāntaramāha- tathā brahmapuramitīti /
atra śabde /
jīvasya brahmaṇo vā puramiti saṃśayaḥ /
tatra tasminsaṃśaye satīti yojanā /
parapuruṣaśabdasya brahmaṇi mukhyatvādbrahma dhyeyamityuktam /
tathehāpyākāśapadasya bhūtākāśe rūḍhatvādbhūtākāśo dhyeya iti dṛṣṭāntena pūrvapakṣayati- tatrākāśetyādinā /
daharavākyasyānantaraprajāpativākyasya ca saguṇe nirguṇe ca samanvayokteḥ śrutyādisaṃgatayaḥ /
pūrvapakṣe bhūtākāśādyupāstiḥ, siddhānte saguṇabrahmopāstyā nirguṇadhīriti phalabhedaḥ /
naca 'ākāśastalliṅgāt'ityanenāsya punaruktatā śaṅkanīyā /
atra tasmin 'yadantastadanveṣṭavyam'ityākāśāntaḥ sthasyānveṣṭavyatvādiliṅganvayena daharākāśasya brahmatve spaṣṭaliṅgābhāvāt /
nanu bhūtākāśasyālpatvaṃ kathaṃ, ekasyopamānatvamupameyatvaṃ ca kathaṃ, 'ubhe asmin dyāvāpṛthivī antareva samāhite /
ubhāvagniśca vāyuśca'ityādinā śrutasarvāśrayatvaṃ ca kathamityāśaṅkya krameṇa pariharati- tasyetyādinā /
hṛdayāpekṣayā alpatvaṃ, dhyānārthaṃ kalpitabhedātsādṛśyaṃ, svata ekatvātsarvāśrayatvamityarthaḥ /
nanu 'eṣa ātmā'ityātmaśabdo bhūte na yukta ityarūcerāha- athaveti /
bhaktyeti /
caitanyaguṇayogenetyarthaḥ /
mukhyaṃ brahma gṛhyatāmityata āha- na hīti /
astu purasvāmījīvaḥ, hṛdayasthākāśastu brahmetyata āha- tatreti /
purasvāmina eva tadantaḥsthatvasaṃbhavānnānyāpekṣetyarthaḥ /
vyāpino 'ntaḥsthatvaṃ kathamityata āha- mana iti /
ākāśapadena daharamanukṛṣyoktopamādikaṃ brahmābhedavivakṣayā bhaviṣyatītyāha- ākāśeti /
nanu jīvasyākāśapadārthatvamayuktamityāśaṅkya tarhi bhūtākāśa eva daharo 'stu tasminnantaḥsthaṃ kiñciddhyeyamiti pakṣāntaramāha- na cātreti /
paramāntaḥsthaṃ vastu, tadviśeṣaṇatvenādhāratvena daharākāśasya tacchabdenopādānādityarthaḥ /
yadvā anveṣyatvādiliṅgāddaharasya brahmatvaniścayāt 'ākāśastalliṅgāt'ityanena gatārthatvamiti śaṅkātra nirasanīyā /
anveṣyatvādeḥ paraviśeṇatvena grahaṇāddarahasya brahmatve liṅgaṃ nāstītyarthaḥ /
apahatapāpmatvādiliṅgopetātmakaśrutyā kevalākāśaśrutirbādhyeti siddhāntayati- parameśvara ityādinā /
ākāśasyākṣepapūrvakamiti saṃbandhaḥ /
tamācāryaṃ prati yadi brūyuḥ, hṛdayameva tāvadalpaṃ tatratyākāśo 'lpataraḥ kiṃ tadatrālpe vidyate yadvicāryā jñeyamiti, tadā sa ācāryo brūyādākāśasyālpatānivṛttimityarthaḥ /
vākyasya tātparyamāha- tatreti /
nivartayati /
ācārya iti śeṣaḥ /
nanvākāśaśabdena rūḍhyā bhūtākāśasya bhānātkathaṃ tannivṛttirityāśaṅkyāha- yadyapīti /
nanu 'rāmarāvaṇayoryuddhaṃ rāmarāvaṇayoriva'ityabhede 'pyupamā dṛṣṭeticet, na abhede sādṛśyasyānanvayena yuddhasya nirūpamatve tātparyādayamananvayālaṅkāra iti kāvyavidaḥ /
pūrvoktamanūdya nirasyati- nanvityādinā /
'sītāśliṣṭa ivābhāti kodaṇḍaprabhayā yutaḥ'ityādau prabhāyogasītāśleṣarūpaviśeṣaṇabhedādbhedāśrayaṇamekasyaiva śrīrāmasyopamānopameyabhāvasiddhyarthamagatya kṛtamityanudāharaṇaṃ draṣṭavyam /
naivamatrāśrayaṇaṃ yuktam /
vākyasyālpatvanivṛttiparatvena gatisadbhāvāt /
kiñca hārdākāśasyāntaratvātyāge alpatvena vyāpakabāhyākāśasādṛśyaṃ na yuktamityāha- apiceti /
āntaratvatyāge tu atyantābhedānna sādṛśyamiti bhāvaḥ /
nanu hārdākāśasyālpatvanivṛttau tāvattve ca tātparyaṃ kiṃ na syādityata āha- ubhayeti /
ato 'lpāvanivṛttāveva tātparyamiti bhāvaḥ /
evamākāśopamitatvāddaharākāśo na bhūtamityuktam /
sarvāśrayatvādiliṅgebhyaśca tathetyāha- nacetyādinā /
vigatā jighatsā jagdhumicchā yasya so 'yaṃ vijighatsaḥ /
bubhukṣāśūnya ityarthaḥ /
prathamaśrutabrahmaśabdena tatsāpekṣacaramaśrutaṣaṣṭhīvibhaktyarthaḥ saṃbandho neyaḥ, na tu brahmaṇaḥ puramiti ṣaṣṭhyarthaḥ svasvāmibhāvo grāhyaḥ 'nirapekṣeṇa tatsāpekṣaṃ bādhyam'iti nyāyādityāha- atra brūma iti /
śarīrasya brahmaṇa tadupalabdhisthānatvarūpe saṃbandhe mānamāha- sa iti /
pūrṣu śarīreṣu, puri hṛdaye śaya iti puruṣa ityanvayaḥ /
nanu brahmaśabdasya jīve 'pyannādinā śarīravṛddhihetau mukhyatvānna ṣaṣṭhyarthaḥ kathañcinneya ityata āha- athaveti /
bṛṃhayati dehamiti brahma jīvaḥ tatsvāmike pure hṛdayaṃ brahmaveśma bhavatu, rājapure maitrasadbhavadityarthaḥ /
anantaphalaliṅgādapi daharaḥ paramātmetyāha- tadyatheti /
atha karmaphalādvaurāgyānantaramiha jīvadaśāyāmātmānaṃ daharaṃ tadāśritāṃśca satyakāmādiguṇān ācāryopadeśamanuvidya dhyānenānubhūya ye paralokaṃ gacchanti teṣāṃ sarvalokeṣvanantamaiśvaryaṃ svecchayā saṃcalanādikaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ /
dahare uktaliṅgānyanyathāsiddhāni teṣāṃ tadantaḥsthaguṇatvādiyuktaṃ smārayitvā dūṣayati- yadapītyādinā /
uttaratrākāśasvarūpapratipādanānyathānupapattyā pūrvaṃ tasyānveṣyatvādikamityatrānyathopapattiṃ śaṅkate nanviti /
etat ākāśasvarūpam /
ākṣepabījamākāśasyālpatvamupamayā nirasyāntaḥsthavastūktestadantaḥsthameva dhyeyamityarthaḥ /
tarhi jagadeva dhyeyaṃ syādityāha- naitadevamiti /
astu ko doṣaḥ, tatrāha- tatreti /
sarvanāmabhyāṃ daharākāśamākṛṣyātmatvādiguṇānuktvā guṇaiḥ saha tasyaiva dhyeyatvaṃ vākyaśeṣo brūte tadvirodha ityarthaḥ /
'tasmin yadantaḥ'iti tatpadena vyavahitamapi hṛdayaṃ yogyatayā grāhyamityāha- tasmāditi /
yadvā ākāśastasmin yadantastadubhayamanveṣṭavyamiti yojanāṃ sūcayati- sahāntaḥsthairiti

END BsCom_1,3.5.14
START BsCom_1,3.5.15
gatiśabdābhyāṃ tathā hi dṛṣṭaṃ liṅgaṃ ca | BBs_1,3.15 |
daharaḥ parameśvara uttarebhyo hetubhya ityuktam /
ta evottare hetava idānīṃ prapañcyante /
itaśca parameśvara eva daharaḥ, yasmāddaharavākyaśeṣe parameśvarasyaiva pratipādakau gatiśabdau bhavataḥ- 'imāḥ sarvāḥ prajā aharahargacchantya etaṃ brahmalokaṃ na vindanti' (chā. 8.3.2) iti /
tatra prakṛtaṃ daharaṃ brahmalokaśabdenābhidhāya tadviṣayā gatiḥ prajāśabdavācyānāṃ jīvānāmabhidhīyamānā daharasya brahmatāṃ gamayati /
tathā hyaharaharjīvānāṃ suṣuptavasthāyāṃ brahmaviṣayaṃ gamanaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ śrutyantare- 'satā somya tadā saṃpanno bhavati' (chā. 6.8.1) ityevamādau /
loke 'pi kila gāḍhaṃ suṣuptamācakṣate brahmībhūto brahmatāṃ gata iti /
tathā brahmalokaśabdo 'pi prakṛte dahare prayujyamāno jīvabhūtākāśaśaṅkāṃ nivartayanbrahmatāmasya gamayati /
nanu kamalāsanalokamapi brahmalokaśabdo gamayet /
gamayedyadi brahmaṇo loka iti ṣaṣṭhīsamāsavṛttyā vyutpādyeta /
sāmānādhikaraṇavṛttyā tu vyutpādyamāno brahmaiva loko brahmaloka iti parameva brahma gamayiṣyati /
etadeva cāhararbrahmalokagamanaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ brahmaśabdasya sāmānādhikaraṇyavṛttiparigrahe liṅgam /
nahyaharaharimāḥ prajāḥ kāryabrahmalokaṃ satyalokākhyaṃ gacchantīti śakyaṃ kalpayitum

daharākāśasya brahmatve hetvāntaramāha- gatīti /
prajā jīvā etaṃ hṛdayasthaṃ daharaṃ brahmasvarūpaṃ lokamaharahaḥ pratyahaṃ svāpe gacchantyastadātmanā sthitā apyanṛtājñānenāvṛtāstaṃ na jānanti ataḥ punaruttiṣṭhantītyarthaḥ /
nanvetatpadaparāmṛṣṭadaharasya svāpe jīvagamyatve 'pi brahmatve kimāyātamityaśaṅkya 'tathā hi dṛṣṭam'iti vyācaṣṭe- tathā hīti /
loke 'pi dṛṣṭamityarthāntaramāha- loke 'pīti /
gatiliṅgaṃ vyākhyāya śabdaṃ vyācaṣṭe- tatheti /
jīvabhūtākāśayorbrahmalokaśabdasyāprasiddheriti bhāvaḥ /
brahmaṇyapi tasyāprasiddhiṃ śaṅkate- nanviti /
niṣādasthapatinyāyena samādhatte- gamayediti /
ṣaṣṭhe cintitam-svapatirniṣādaḥ, śabdasāmarthyāt /
raudrīmiṣṭiṃ vidhāya 'etayā niṣādasthapatiṃ yājayet'ityāmnāyate /
tatra niṣādānāṃ sthapatiḥ svāmīti ṣaṣṭhīsamāsena traivarṇiko grāhyaḥ, agnividyādisāmarthyāt /
na tu niṣādaścāsau sthapatiriti karmadhārayeṇa niṣādo grāhyaḥ, asāmarthyāditi prāpte siddhāntaḥ /
niṣāda eva sthapatiḥ syāt, niṣādaśabdasya niṣāde śaktatvāt,
tasyāśrutaṣaṣṭhyarthasaṃbandhalakṣakatvalpanāyogāt śrutadvitīyāvibhakteḥ pūrvapadasaṃbandhakalpanāyāṃ lāghavāt, ato niṣādasyeṣṭisāmarthyamātraṃ kalpyamiti /
tadbrahmalokaśabde karmadhāraya ityarthaḥ /
karmadhāraye liṅgaṃ cāstīti vyācaṣṭe- etadeveti /
sūtre cakāra uktanyāyasamuccayārthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.5.15
START BsCom_1,3.5.16
dhṛteś ca mahimno 'syāsminn upalabdheḥ | BBs_1,3.16 |
dhṛteśca hetoḥ parameśvara evāyaṃ daharaḥ /
katham /
'daharo 'sminnantarākāśaḥ' iti hi prakṛtyākāśaupamyapūrvakaṃ tasminsarvasamādhānamuktvā tāṃ sminneva cātmaśabdaṃ prayujyāpahatapāpmatvādiguṇayogaṃ copaduśya tamevānativṛttaprakaraṇaṃ nirdiśati- 'atha ya ātmā sa seturvidhṛtireṣalokānāmasaṃbhedāya' (chā. 8.4.1) iti /
tatra vidhṛtirityātmaśabdasāmānādhikaraṇyādvidhārayitocyate, kticaḥ kartari smaraṇāt /
yathodakasaṃtānasya vidhārayitā loke setuḥ kṣetrasaṃpadāmasaṃbhedāya, evamayamātmātmaiṣāmadhyātmādibhedabhinnānāṃ lokānāṃ varṇāśramādīnāṃ ca vidhāritā seturasaṃbhedāyāsaṃkarāyeti /
evamiha prakṛte dahare vidhāraṇalakṣaṇaṃ mahimānaṃ darśayati /
ayaṃ ca mahimā parameśvara eva śrutyantarādupalabhyate 'etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi sūryācandramasau vidhṛtau tiṣṭhataḥ' ityādeḥ /
tathānyatrāpi niścite parameśvaravākye śrūyate- 'eṣa sarveśvara eṣa bhūtādhipatireṣa bhūtapāla eṣa seturvidhāraṇa eṣāṃ lokānāmasaṃbhedāya' iti /
evaṃ dhṛteśca hetoḥ parameśvara evāyaṃ daharaḥ

FN: seturasaṃkarahetuḥ /
sarvajagaddhāraṇaliṅgācca daharaḥ para ityāha- dhṛteriti /
nanvathaśabdāddaharaprakaraṇaṃ vicchidya śrutā dhṛtirna daharaliṅgamiti śaṅkate- kathamiti /
'ya ātmā'iti prakṛtākarṣādathaśabdo daharasya dhṛtiguṇavidhiprārambhārtha ityāha- daharo 'sminnityādinā /
śrutau vidhṛtiśabdaḥ kartṛvācitvāt ktijantaḥ /
sūtre tu mahimaśabdasāmānādhikaraṇyāddhṛtiśabdaḥ ktinnanto vidhāraṇaṃ brūte, 'striyāṃ ktin'iti bhāve ktino vidhānāditi vibhāgaḥ /
seturasaṃkarahetuḥ, vidhṛtistu sthitiheturityapaunaruktyamāha- yathodaketi /
sūtraṃ yojayati- evamiheti /
dhṛteśca daharaḥ paraḥ asya dhṛtirūpasya niyamanasya ca mahimno 'sminparamātmanyeva śrutyantara upalabdheriti sūtrārthaḥ /
dhṛteśceti cakārātsetupadoktaniyāmakatvaliṅgaṃ grāhyam /
tatra niyamane śrutyantaropalabdhimāha- etasyeti /
dhṛtau tamāha- tatheti

END BsCom_1,3.5.16
START BsCom_1,3.5.17
prasiddheś ca | BBs_1,3.17 |
itaśca parameśvara eva 'daharo 'sminnantarākāśaḥ' ityucyate /
yatkāraṇamākāśaśabdaḥ parameśvare prasiddhaḥ /
'ākāśo vai nāma nāmarūpayornirvahitā' (chā. 8.1.4), 'sarvāṇi ha vā imāni bhūtānyākāśādeva samutpadyante' (chā. 1.9.1) ityādiprayogadarśanāt /
jīve tu na kvacidākāśaśabdaḥ prayujyamāno dṛśyate /
bhūtākāśastu satyāmapyākāśaśabdaprasiddhāvupamānopameyabhāvādyasaṃbhavānna grahītavya ityuktam

FN: ā samāntātkāśate dīpyata ityākāśaḥ svayañjyotirīśvaraḥ /
ā samantātkāśate dīpyata iti svayañjyotiṣi brahmaṇyākāśaśabdasya vibhutvaguṇato vā prasiddhiḥ prayogaprācuryam

END BsCom_1,3.5.17
START BsCom_1,3.5.18
itaraparāmarśāt sa iti cen nāsaṃbhavāt | BBs_1,3.18 |
yadi vākyaśeṣabalena dahara iti parameśvaraḥ parigṛhyetāstītarasyāpi jīvasya vākyaśeṣe parāmarśaḥ - 'atha ya eṣa saṃprasādo 'smāccharīrātsamutthāya paraṃ jyotirūpasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyata eṣa ātmeti hovāca' (chā. 8.3.4) iti /
atra hi saṃprasādaśabdaḥ śrutyantare suṣuptāvasthāyāṃ dṛṣṭatvāttadavasthāvantaṃ jīvaṃ śaknotyupasthāpayituṃ nārthāntaram /
tathā śarīravyapāśrayasyeva jīvasya śarīrātsamutthānaṃ saṃbhavati /
yathākāśavyapāśrayāṇāṃ vāyvādīnāmākāśātsamutthānaṃ tadvat /
yathā cādṛṣṭo 'pi loke parameśvaraviṣaya ākāśaśabdaḥ parameśvaradharmasamabhivyāhārāt 'ākāśo vai nāma nāmarūpayornirvahitā' ityevamādau parameśvaraviṣayo 'bhyupagata evaṃ jīvaviṣayo 'pi bhaviṣyati /
tasmāditaraparāmarśāt 'daharo 'sminnantarākāśa' ityatra sa eva jīva ucyate iti cet /
naitadevaṃ syāt /
kasmāt. asaṃbhavāt /
nahi jīvo buddhyādyupādhiparicchedābhimānī sannākāśenopamīyeta /
nacopādhidharmānabhimanyamānasyāpahatapāpmatvādayo dharmāḥ saṃbhavanti /
prapañcitaṃ caitatprathamasūtre /
atirekāśaṅkāparihārāyātra tu punarupanyastam /
paṭhiṣyati copariṣṭāt 'anyārthaśca parāmarśaḥ' (bra. 1.3.20) iti

FN: samyakprasīdatyasmiñjīvo viṣayendriyasaṃyogajanitaṃ kāluṣyaṃ jahātīti suṣuptiḥ saṃprasādo jīvasyāvasthābhedaḥ /
'saṃprasāde ratvā caritvā' iti bṛhadāraṇyakasthaṃ śrutyantaram /
upādhidharmāḥ pāpmādayaḥ /
yadi 'eṣa ātmāpahatapāpmā'ityādivākyaśeṣabalena daharaḥ parastarhi jīvo 'pītyāśaṅkya niṣedhati- itareti /
jīvasyāpi vākyaśeṣamāha- atheti /
daharoktyanantaraṃ muktopasṛpyaṃ śuddhaṃ brahmocyate /
ya eṣa saṃprasādo jīvo 'smātkāryakaraṇasaṃghātātsamyagutthāya ātmānaṃ tasmādvivicya viviktamātmānaṃ svena brahmarūpeṇābhiniṣpadya sākṣātkṛtya tadeva pratyakparaṃ jyotirūpasaṃpadyate prāpnotīti vyākhyeyam /
yathā mukhaṃ vyādāya svapitīti vākyaṃ suptvā mukhaṃ vyādatte iti vyākhyāyate tadvat /
jyotiṣo 'nātmatvaṃ nirasyati- eṣa iti /
'saṃprasāde ratvācaritvā'iti śrutyantaram /
avasthāvadutthānamapi jīvasya liṅgamityāha- tatheti /
tadāśritasya tasmātsamutthāne dṛṣṭāntaḥ- yatheti /
nanu kvāpyākāśaśabdo jīve na dṛṣṭa ityāśaṅkyoktāvasthotthānaliṅgabalātkalpya ityāha- yathā ceti /
niyāmakābhāvājjīvo daharaḥ kiṃ na syāditi prāpte niyāmakamāha- naitadityādinā /
dahare śrutadharmāṇāmasaṃbhavānna jīvo dahara ityarthaḥ /
tarhi punaruktiḥ, tatrāha- atireketi /
uttarāccetyādhikāśaṅkānirāsārthamityarthaḥ /
kā tarhi jīvaparāmarśasya gatiḥ, tatrāha- paṭhiṣyatīti /
jīvasya svāpasthānabhūtabrahmajñānārtho 'yaṃ parāmarśa iti vakṣyate

END BsCom_1,3.5.18
START BsCom_1,3.5.19
uttarāc ced āvirbhūtasvarūpas tu | BBs_1,3.19 |
itaraparāmarśādyā jīvāśaṅkā jātā sāsaṃbhavānnirākṛtā /
athedānīṃ mṛtasyevāmṛtasekātpunaḥ samutthānaṃ jīvāśaṅkāyāḥ kriyate uttarasmātprajāpatyādvākyāt /
tatrahi 'ya ātmāpahatapāpmā' ityapahatapāpmatvādiguṇakamātmānamanveṣṭavyaṃ vijijñāsitavyaṃ ca pratijñāya 'ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyata eṣa ātmā'
(chā. 8.7.4) iti bruvannakṣisthaṃ draṣṭāraṃ jīvamātmānaṃ nirdiśati /
'etaṃ tveva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi' (chā. 8.9.3) iti ca tameva punaḥ punaḥ parāmṛśya 'ya eṣa svapne mahīyamānaścaratyeṣa ātmā' (chā. 8.10.1) iti 'tadyatraitatsuptaḥ samastaḥ saṃprasannaḥ svapnaṃ na vijānātyeṣa ātmā' iti ca jīvamevāvasthāntaragataṃ vyācaṣṭe /
tasyaiva cāpahatapāpmatvādi darśayati- 'etadamṛtamabhayametadbrahma' iti /
nāhaṃ khalvayamevaṃ saṃpratyātmānaṃ jānātyayamahamasmīti no evemāni bhūtāni' (chā. 8.11.1,2) iti ca suṣuptāvasthāyāṃ doṣamupalabhya 'etaṃ tveva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi no evānyatraitasmāt iti copakramya śarīrasaṃbandhanindāpūrvakaṃ 'eṣa saṃprasādo 'smāccharīrātsamutthāya paraṃ jyotirupasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate sa uttamaḥ puruṣaḥ' iti jīvameva śarīrātsamutthitamuttamapuruṣaṃ darśayati /
tasmādasti saṃbhavo jīve pārameśvarāṇāṃ dharmāṇām /
ataḥ 'daharo 'sminnantarākāśaḥ' iti jīva evokta iti cetkaścidbrūyāt, taṃ prati brūyāt- 'āvirbhūtasvarūpastu' iti /
tuśabdaḥ pūrvapakṣavyāvṛttyarthaḥ /
nottarasmādapi vākyādiha jīvasyāśaṅkā saṃbhavatītyarthaḥ /
kasmāt /
yatastatrāpyāvirbhūtasvarūpo jīvo vivakṣyate /
āvirbhūtaṃ svarūpamasyetyāvirbhūtasvarūpaḥ /
bhūtapūrvagatyā jīvavacanam /
etaduktaṃ bhavati- 'ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi ityakṣilakṣitaṃ draṣṭāraṃ nirdiśyodaśarāvabrāhmaṇenainaṃ śarīrātmatāyā vyutthāpya 'etaṃ tveva te' iti punaḥpunastameva vyākhyāyeyatvenākṛṣya svapnasuṣuptopanyāsakrameṇa 'paraṃ jyotirupasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate' iti yadasya pāramārthikaṃ svarūpaṃ paraṃ brahma tadrūpatayainaṃ jīvaṃ vyācaṣṭe na jaivena rūpeṇa /
yatparaṃ jyotirūpasaṃpattavyaṃ śrutaṃ tatparaṃ brahma /
taccāpahatapāpmatvādidharmakaṃ, tadeva ca jīvasya pāramārthikaṃ svarūpaṃ 'tattvamasi' ityādiśāstrebhyaḥ, netaradupādhikalpitam /
yāvadeva hi sthāṇāviva puruṣabuddhiṃ dvaitalakṣaṇāmavidyāṃ nivartayankūṭasthanityadṛksvarūpamātmānamahaṃ brahmāsmīti na pratipadyate tāvajjīvasya jīvatvam /
yadā tu dehendriyamanobuddhisaṃghātādvyutthāpya śrutyā pratibodhyate, nāsi tvaṃ dehendriyamanobuddhisaṃghātaḥ, nāsi saṃsārī, kiṃ tarhi tadyatsatyaṃ sa ātmā caitanyamātrasvarūpastattvamasīti, tadā kūcasthanityadṛksvarūpamātmānaṃ pratibudadhyāsmāccharīrādyabhimānātsamuttiṣṭhansa eva kūṭasthanityadṛksvarūpa ātmā bhavati /
'sa yo ha vai tatparamaṃ brahma veda brahmaiva bhavati' (muṇḍa. 3.2.1) ityādiśrutibhyaḥ /
tadeva cāsya pāramārthikaṃ svarūpaṃ yena śarīrātsamutthāya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate /
kathaṃ punaḥ svaṃ ca rūpaṃ svenaiva niṣpadyata iti saṃbhavati kūṭasthanityasya suvarṇādīnāṃ tu dravyāntarasaṃparkādabhibhūtasvarūpāṇāmanabhivyaktāsādhāraṇaviśeṣāṇāṃ kṣāraprakṣepādibhiḥ śodhyamānānāṃ svarūpeṇābhiniṣpattiḥ syāt /
tathā nakṣatrādīnāmahanyabhibhūtaprakāśānāmabhibhāvakaviyoge rātrau svarūpeṇābhiniṣpattiḥ syāt /
natu tathātmacaitanyajyotiṣo nityasya kenacidabhibhavaḥ saṃbhavatyasaṃsargitvādvyomna iva, dṛṣṭavirodhācca /
dṛṣṭiśrutimativijñātayo hi jīvasya svarūpam /
tacca śarīrādasamutthitasyāpi jīvasya sadā niṣpannameva dṛśyate /
sarvo hi jīvaḥ paśyanśṛṇvanmanvāno vijānanvyavaharatyanyathā vyavahārānupapatteḥ /
tacceccharīrātsamutthitasya niṣpadyeta prāksamutthānāddṛṣṭo vyavahāro virudhyeta /
ataḥ kimātmakamidaṃ śarīrātsamutthānaṃ, kimātmikā vā svarūpeṇābhiniṣpattiriti /
atrocyate- prāgvivekavijñānotpatteḥ śarīrendriyamanobuddhiviṣayavedanopādhibhiraviviktamiva jīvasya dṛṣṭyādijyotiḥsvarūpaṃ bhavati /
yathā śuddhasya sphaṭikasya svācchyaṃ śauklyaṃ ca svarūpaṃ prāgvivekagrahaṇādraktanīlādyupādhibhiraviviktamiva bhavati /
pramāṇajanitavivekagrahaṇāttu parācīnaḥ sphaṭikaḥ svācchyena śauklyena ca svenarūpeṇābhiniṣpadyata ityucyate prāgapi tathaiva san /
tathā dehādyupādhyaviviktasyaiva sato jīvasya śrutikṛtaṃ vivekavijñānaṃ śarīrātsamutthānaṃ vivekavijñānaphalaṃ svarūpeṇābhiniṣpattiḥ kevalātmasvarūpāvagatiḥ /
tathā vivekāvivekamātreṇaivātmano 'śarīratvaṃ saśarīratvaṃ ca, mantravarṇāt 'aśarīraṃ śarīreṣu' (kā. 1.2.22) iti, 'śarīrastho 'pi kaunteya na karoti na lipyate' (gī.13.31) iti ca saśarīratvāśarīratvaviśeṣābhāvasmaraṇāt /
tasmādvivekavijñānābhāvādanāvirbhūtasvarūpaḥ sanvivekavijñānādāvirbhūtasvarūpa ityucyate /
natvānyādṛśāvāvirbhāvānāvirbhāvau svarūpasya saṃbhavataḥ svarūpatvādeva /
evaṃ mithyājñānakṛta eva jīvaparameśvarayorbhedo na vastukṛtaḥ, vyomavadasaṅgatvāviśeṣāt /
kutaścidevaṃ pratipattavyam /
yato 'ya eṣo 'kṣiṇi puruṣo dṛśyate' ityupadiśya 'etadamṛtamabhayametadbrahma' ityupadiśati /
yo 'kṣiṇi prasiddho draṣṭā draṣṭṛtvena vibhāvyate so 'mṛtābhayalakṣaṇādbrahmaṇo 'nyaścetsyāttato 'mṛtābhayabrahmasāmānādh ikaraṇyaṃ na syāt /
nāpi praticchāyātmāyamakṣilakṣito nirdiśyate, prajāpatermṛṣāvāditvaprasaṅgāt /
tathā dvitīye 'pi paryāye 'ya eṣaḥ svapne mahīyamānaścarati' iti na prathamaparyāyanirdiṣṭādakṣipuruṣāddraṣṭuranyo nirdiṣṭaḥ, 'etaṃ tveva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi' ityupakramāt /
kiñcāhamadya svapne hastinamadrākṣaṃ nedānīṃ taṃ paśyāmīti dṛṣṭameva pratibuddhaḥ pratyācaṣṭe /
draṣṭāraṃ tu tameva pratyabhijānāti ya evāhaṃ svapnamadrākṣaṃ sa evāhaṃ jāgaritaṃ paśyamīti /
tathā tṛtīye 'pi paryāye 'nahi khalvayamevaṃ saṃpratyātmānaṃ jānātyayamahamasmīti no evemāni bhūtāni iti suṣuptāvasthāyāṃ viśeṣavijñānābhāvameva darśayati na vijñātāraṃ pratiṣedhati /
yattu tatra 'vināśamevāpīto bhavati' iti tadapi viśeṣavijñānavināśābhiprāyameva na vijñātṛvināśābhiprāyam /
'nahi vijñāturvijñāterviparilopo vidyate 'vināśitvāt' (bṛ. 4.3.30) iti śrutyantarāt /

tathā caturthe 'pi paryāye 'etaṃ tveva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi no evānyatraitasmāt' ityupakramya 'maghavanmartyaṃ vā idaṃ śarīram' ityādinā prapañcena śarīrādupādhisaṃbandhapratyākhyānena saṃprasādaśabdoditaṃ jīvaṃ 'svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate' iti brahmasvarūpāpannaṃ darśayanna parasmādbrahmaṇo 'mṛtābhayasvarūpādanyaṃ jīvaṃ darśayati /
kecittu paramātmavivakṣāyāṃ 'etaṃ tveva te' iti jīvākarṣaṇamanyāyyaṃ manyamānā etameva vākyopakramasūcitamapahatapāpmatvādiguṇakamātmānaṃ te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmīti kalpayanti /
teṣāmetamiti saṃnihitāvalambinī sarvanāmaśrutirviprakṛṣyeta /
bhūyaḥśrutiścoparudhyeta, paryāyāntarābhihitasya paryāyāntare 'nabhidhīyamānatvāt /
'etaṃ tveva te' iti ca pratijñāya prākcaturthātparyāyādanyamanyaṃ vyācakṣāṇasya prajāpateḥ pratārakatvaṃ prasajyeta /
tasmādyadavidyāpratyupasthāpitapāramārthikaṃ jaivaṃ rūpaṃ kartṛbhoktṛrāgadveṣādidoṣakaluṣitamanekānarthayogi tadvilayanena tadviparītamapahatapāpmatvādiguṇakaṃ pārameśvaraṃ svarūpaṃ vidyayā pratipādyate, sarpādivilayaneneva rajjvādīn /
apare tu vādinaḥ pāramārthikameva jaivaṃ rūpamiti manyante 'smadīyāśca kecit /
teṣāṃ sarveṣāmātmaikatvasamyagdarśanapratipakṣabhūtānāṃ pratibodhāyedaṃ śārīrakamārabdham /
eka eva parameśvaraḥ kūṭasthanityo vijñānadhāturavidyayā māyayā māyāvivadanekadhā vibhāvyate nānyo vijñānadhāturastīti /
yattvidaṃ parameśvaravākye jīvamāśaṅkhya pratiṣedhati sūtrakāraḥ - 'nāsaṃbhavāt' (bra.1.3.18) ityādinā /
tatrāyamabhiprāyaḥ - nityaśuddhabuddhamuktasvabhāve kūṭasthanitye ekasminnasaṅge paramātmani tadviparītaṃ jaivaṃ rūpaṃ vyomnīva talamalādiparikalpitam /
tadātmaikatvapratipādanaparairvākyairnyāyopetairdvaitavādapratiṣedhaiścāpaneṣyāmīti paramātmano jīvādanyatvaṃ draḍhayati /
jīvasya tu na parasmādanyatvaṃ pratipipādayiṣati kiṃ tvanuvadatyevāvidyākalpitaṃ lokaprasiddhaṃ jīvabhedam /
evaṃ hi svābhāvikakartṛtvabhoktṛtvānuvādena pravṛttāḥ karmavidhayo na virudhyanta iti manyate /
pratipādyaṃ tu śāstrārthamātmaikatvameva darśayati- 'śāstradṛṣṭyā tūpadeśo vāmadevavat' (bra. 1.1.30) ityādināvarṇiścāsmābhirvidvadbhedena karmavidhivirodhaparihāraḥ

FN: mahīyamāno vāsanāmayairviṣayaiḥ pūjyamāna iti svapnaparyāye, tadyatreti suṣuptiparyāye ca jīvameva prajāpatirvyācaṣṭa ityanvayaḥ /
aheti nipātaḥ khede /
etasmātprakṛtādātmano 'nyatra anyam /
udaśarāveti udakapūrṇe śarāve pratibimbātmānaṃ dehaṃ svasyājñātaṃ yattanmahyaṃ vācyamityuktaḥ śrutyarthaḥ /
vyutthāpya vicārya /
abhiniṣpadyata ityatra etaduktaṃ bhavatīti saṃbandhaḥ /
abhibhāvakaḥ saurālokāstadviyoge /
vedanā harṣaśokādayaḥ /
vivekavijñānaṃ tvaṃpadārthaśodhanam /
anyādṛśau satyau /
aṃśādiśūnyatvamasaṅgatvam /
ayaṃ suṣuptaḥ, saṃprati suṣuptau, ahaṃ ātmānaṃ ahaṅkārāspadamātmānaṃ na jānāti /
nahīti ātmānaḥ svabhāvabhūtavijñāpternānyathābhāvo yogyatvādityarthaḥ /
vilayanena śodhanena /
vidyayā mahāvākyena /
vākyāni tattvamasyādīni jīvabrahmaṇoścaitanyāviśeṣāttadākāreṇākārāntareṇa vā bhedāyogo nyāyaḥ /
nehanānenetyādayo dvaitavādaniṣedhāḥ /
asaṃbhāvāditi hetorasiddhimāśaṅkya pariharati- uttarāccediti /
sūtranirākṛtāyā jīvāśaṅkāyāḥ prajāpativākyabalātpunaḥ samutthānaṃ kriyate /
tatra jīvasyaivāpahatapāpmatvādigrahaṇenāsaṃbhavāsiddherityarthaḥ /
kathaṃ tatra jīvoktiḥ, tatrāha- tatretyādinā /
yadyapyupakrame jīvaśabdo nāsti tathāpyapahatapāpmatvādiguṇakamātmānamupakramya tasya jāgradādyavasthātrayopanyāsādavasthāliṅgena jīvaniścayāttasyaiva te guṇāḥ saṃbhavantīti samudāyārthaḥ /
indraṃ prajāpatirbūte- ya eṣa iti /
prādhānyādakṣigrahaṇaṃ sarvairindriyairviṣayadarśanarūpajāgradavasthāpannamityāha- draṣṭārami ti /
mahīyamānaḥ vāsanāmayairviṣayaiḥ pūjyamāna iti svapnaparyāye, yadyatreti suṣuptiparyāye ca jīvameva prajāpatirvyācaṣṭa ityanvayaḥ /
tatra kāle tadetatsvapanaṃ yathā syāttathā suptaḥ, samyak asto nirastaḥ karaṇagrāmo yasya sa samastaḥ, ata evopahṛtakaraṇatvāttatkṛtakāluṣyahīnaḥ saṃprasannaḥ, svapnaṃ prapañcamajñānamātratvena vilāpayati ato 'jñānasattvāt muktādvilakṣaṇaḥ prājña eṣa svacaitanyena kāraṇaśarīrasākṣī tasya sākṣyasya sattāsphūrtipradatvādātmetyarthaḥ /
caturthaparyāye brahmoktestasyaivāpahatapāpmatvādiguṇā ityāśaṅkya tasyāpi paryāyasya jīvatvamāha- nāheti /
aheti nipātaḥ khedārthe /
khidyamāno hīndra uvāca, na khalu suptaḥ pumānayaṃ saṃprati suṣuptyavasthāyāmayaṃ devadatto 'hamityevamātmānaṃ jānāti /
no eva naivemāni bhūtāni jānāti kintu vināśameva prāpto bhavati, nāhamatra bhogyaṃ paśyāmīti doṣamupalabhya punaḥ prajāpatimupasasāra /
taṃ doṣaṃ śrutvā prajāpatirāha- etamiti /
etasmātprakṛtādātmano 'nyatrānyaṃ na vyākhyāsyāmītyupakramya 'maghavanmartyaṃ vā idaṃ śarīram'iti nindāpūrvakaṃ jīvameva darśayatītyarthaḥ /
tasmāt prajāpativākyāt /
ataḥ saṃbhavāsiddheḥ /
siddhāntayati- taṃ pratīti /
avasthātrayaśodhanenāvirbhūtatvaṃ śodhitatvamarthasya vākyotthavṛttyābhivyaktatvamityarthaḥ /
tarhi sūtre puṃliṅgena jīvoktiḥ kathaṃ, jñānena jīvatvasya nivṛttatvādityata āha- bhūtapūrveti /
jñānātpūrvamavidyātatkāryapratibimbitatvarūpaṃ jīvatvamabhūditi kṛtvā jñānānantaraṃ brahmarūpo 'pi jīvanāmnocyata ityarthaḥ /
viśvataijasaprājñaturīyaparyāyacatuṣṭayātmakaprajāpativākyasya tātparyamāha- etaditi /
janmānāśavattvāt /
pratibimbavadbimbadeho nātmeti jñāpanārthaṃ prajāpatirinindravirocanau pratyuvāca, udaśarāva ātmānamavekṣya yadātmano rūpaṃ na vijānīthastanme brūtamityādi brāhmaṇenetyāha- udaśarāveti /
udakapūrṇe śarāve pratibimbātmānaṃ dehaṃ dṛṣṭvā svasyājñātaṃ yattanmahyaṃ vācyamityuktaśrutyarthaḥ /
vyutthāpya vicārya /
abhiniṣpadyata ityatraitaduktaṃ bhavatīti saṃbandhaḥ /
kimuktamityata āha- yadasyeti /
jīvatvarūpeṇa jīvaṃ na vyācaṣṭe lokasiddhatvāt kintu tamanūdya parasparavyabhicāriṇībhyo 'vasthābhyo vivicya brahmasvarūpaṃ bodhayati, ato yadbrahma tadevāpahatapāpmatvādidharmakaṃ na jīva ityuktaṃ bhavati, śodhitasya brahmabhedena taddharmokterityarthaḥ /
evamavasthopanyāsasya vivekārthatvānna jīvaliṅgatvaṃ, 'etadamṛtamabhayametabrahma'iti liṅgopetaśrutivirodhāditi mantavyam /
nanu jīvatvabrahmatvaviruddhadharmavatoḥ kathamabhedaḥ, tatrāha- tadeveti /
anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ jīvatvasyāvidyākalpitatvādavirodha iti matvā dṛṣṭāntenānvayamāha- yāvaditi /
vyatirekamāha- yadeti /
avidyāyāṃ satyāṃ jīvatvaṃ, vākyotthaprabhodhāttannivṛttau tannivṛttirityāvidyakaṃ tadityarthaḥ /
saṃsāritvasya kalpitatve siddhaṃ nigamayati- tadeva cāsyeti /
'samutthāya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate'iti śrutiṃ vyākhyātumākṣipati- kathaṃ punarityādinā /
kūṭasthanityasya svarūpamityanvayaḥ /
manaḥsaṅgino hi kriyayā malanāśādabhivyaktirna tu kūṭasthasyāsaṅgina ityāha- suvarṇeti /
dravyāntaraṃ pārthivo malaḥ /
abhibhūtetyasya vyākhyānamanabhivyakteti /
asādhāraṇo bhāsvaratvādiḥ /
abhibhāvakaḥ saurālokaḥ /
jīvasvarūpasyābhibhave bādhakamāha- dṛṣṭeti /
'vijñānaghana eva'iti śrutyā cinmātrastāvadātmā /
taccaitanyaṃ cakṣurādijanyavṛttivyaktaṃ dṛṣṭyādipadavācyaṃ sat vyavahārāṅgaṃ jīvasya svarūpaṃ bhavatīti tasyābhibhūtatve dṛṣṭo vyavahāro virudhyeta /
hetvabhāvādvyavahāro na syādityartha /
ajñasyāpi svarūpaṃ vṛttiṣu vyaktamityaṅgīkāryaṃ, vyavahāradarśanādityāha- tacceti /
anyathetyuktaṃ sphuṭayati- taccediti /
svarūpaṃ cejjñānina eva vyañjyeta jñānātpūrvaṃ vyavahārocchittirityarthaḥ /
ataḥ sadaiva vyaktasvarūpatvādityarthaḥ /
sadā vṛttiṣu vyaktasya vastuto 'saṅgasyātmana āvidyakadehādyavivekarūpasya malasaṅgasya sattvāttadvivekāpekṣayā samutthānādiśrutirityuttaramāha- atreti /
vedanā harṣaśokādiḥ /
aviviktamiveti tādātmyasya saṅgasya kalpitatvamuktam /
tatra kalpitasaṅge dṛṣṭāntaḥ- yatheti /
śrutikṛtamiti /
tvaṃpadārthaśrutyā 'yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu'ityādyayā siddhamityarthaḥ /
prāṇādibhinnaśuddhatvaṃpadārthajñānasya vākyārthasākṣātkāraḥ phalamityāha- kevaleti /
saśarīratvasya satyatvātsamutthānamutkrāntiriti vyākhyeyaṃ na viveka ityāśaṅkyāha- tathā viveketi /
uktaśrutyanusāreṇetyarthaḥ /
śarīreṣvaśarīramavasthitamiti śruteravivekamātrakalpitaṃ saśarīratvam /
ato viveka eva samutthānamityarthaḥ /
nanu svakarmārjite śarīre bhogasyāparihāryatvātkathaṃ jīvata eva svarūpāvirbhāva ityata āha- śarīrastho 'pīti /
aśarīratvavaccharīrasthasyāpi bandhābhāvasmṛterjīvato muktiryuktetyarthaḥ /
aviruddhe śrutyarthe sūtraśeṣo yukta ityāha- tasmāditi /
anyādṛśau satyāvityarthaḥ /

jñānājñānakṛtāvāvirbhāvatirobhāvāviti sthite bhedo 'pyaṃśāṃśitvakṛto nirasta ityāha- evamiti /
aṃśādiśūnyatvamasaṅgatvam /
ātmā dravyatvavyāpyajātiśūnyaḥ vibhutvāt, vyomavadityātmaikyasiddherbhedo mithyetyarthaḥ /
prajāpativākyācca bhedo mithyetyākāṅkṣāpūrvakamāha-- kutaścetyādinā /
etadbhedasya satyatvameva nāstīti kuta ityanvayaḥ chāyāyāṃ brahmadṛṣṭiparamidaṃ vākyaṃ nābhedaparamityata āha- nāpīti /
yasya jñānātkṛtakṛtyatā sarvakāmaprāptistamātmānamanvicchāva iti pravṛttayorindravirocanayoryadyanātmacchāyāṃ prajāpatirbrūyāttadā mṛṣāvādi syādityarthaḥ /
prathamavat dvitīyādiparyāye vyāvṛttāsvavasthāsu unusyūtātmā brahmatvenokta ityāha- tatheti /
avasthābhede 'payanusyūtau yuktimāha- kiñceti /
suṣuptau jñāturvyāvṛttimāśaṅkyāha- tathā tṛtīya iti /
saṣuptau nirvikalpajñānarūpa ātmāstīyatra bṛhadāraṇyakaśrutimāha- nahīti /
buddheḥ sākṣiṇo nāśo nāsti, nāśakābhāvādityarthaḥ /
etamavasthābhirasaṅgatvenokta ātmaiva turīye 'pi brahmatvenokta ityāha- tatheti /
śruterekadeśivyākhyāṃ dūṣayati- kecittviti /
jīvaparayorbhadāditi bhāvaḥ /
śrutibādhānmaivamityāha- teṣāmiti /
saṃnihito jīva eva sarvanāmārtha ityarthaḥ /
uktasya punaruktau bhūya iti yujyate /
tava tu upakrāntaparamātmanaścaturtha evoktestadbāda ityāha- bhūya iti /
lokasiddhajīvānuvādena brahmatvaṃ bodhyata iti svamatamupasaṃharati- tasmāditi /
vyākhyānāntarasaṃbhavādityarthaḥ /
vilayanaṃ śodhanam /
vidyayā mahāvākyeneti yāvat /
ye tu saṃsāraṃ satyamicchanti teṣāmidaṃ śārīrakamevottaramityāha- apare tvityādinā /
śārīrakasyārthaṃ saṃkṣepaṇopadiśati- eka eveti /
avidyāmāyayorbhedaṃ nirasituṃ sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ, āvaraṇavikṣepaśaktirūpaśabdapravṛttinimittabhedāt sahaprayogaḥ /
brahmaivāvidyayā saṃsarati na tato 'nyo jīva iti śārīrakārtha ityarthaḥ /
tarhi sūtrakāraḥ kimiti bhedaṃ brūte, tatrāha- yasttviti /
paramātmano 'saṃsāritvasidyarthaṃ jīvādbhedaṃ draḍhayati /
tasyāsaṃsāritvaniścayābhāve tadabhedoktāvapi jīvasya saṃsāritvānapāyādityarthaḥ /
adhiṣṭhānasya kalpitādbhede 'pi kalpitasyādhiṣṭhānānna pṛthaksattvamityāha- jīvasya tviti /
kalpitabhedānuvādasya phalamāha- evaṃ hīti /
sūtreṣvabhedo nokta iti bhrāntiṃ nirasyati- pratipādyamiti /
ātmeti tūpagacchantītyādisūtrāṇyādipadārthaḥ /
nanvadvaitasya śāstrārthatve dvaitāpekṣavidhivirodhaḥ tatrāha- varṇitaśceti /
advaitamajānataḥ kalpitadvaitāśrayā vidhayo na viduṣa iti sarvamupapannamityarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.5.19
START BsCom_1,3.5.20
anyārthaś ca parāmarśaḥ | BBs_1,3.20 |
atha yo daharavākyaśeṣe jīvaparāmarśo darśitaḥ - 'atha ya eṣa saṃprasādaḥ' (chā. 8.3.4) ityādi, sa dahare parameśvare vyākhyāyamāne na jīvopāsanopadeśo na prakṛtaviśeṣopadeśa ityarthakatvaṃ prāpnotīti /
ata āha- anyārtho 'yaṃ jīvaparāmarśau na jīvasvarūpaparyavasāyī kiṃ tarhi parameśvarasvarūpaparyavasāyī /
katham /
saṃprasādaśabdodito jīvo jāgaritavyavahāre dehendriyapañjarādhyakṣo bhūtvā tadvāsanānirmitāṃśca svapnānnāḍīcaro 'nubhūya śrāntaḥ śaraṇaṃ prepsurubhayarūpādapi śarīrābhimānātsamutthāya suṣuptāvasthāyāṃ paraṃ jyotirākāśaśabditaṃ paraṃ brahmopasaṃpadya viśeṣavijñānavattvaṃ ca parityajya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate /
yadasyopasaṃpattavyaṃ paraṃ jyotiryena svena rūpeṇāyamabhiniṣpadyate sa eṣa ātmāpahatapāpmatvādiguṇa upāsya ityevamartho 'yaṃ jīvaparāmarśaḥ parameśvaravādino 'pyupapadyate

evaṃ prajāpativākye jīvānuvādena brahmaṇa evāpahatapāpmatvādyukterjīve tadasaṃbhavānna jīvo dahara ityuktam /
tarhi jīvaparāmarśasya kā gatirityata āha- anyārthaśceti /
sūtraṃ vyācaṣṭe- athetyādinā /
prakṛte dahare viśeṣo guṇastadupadeśo 'pi netyarthaḥ /
tatra daharavākyaśeṣarūpaṃ saṃprasādavākyamāśaṅkāpūrvakaṃ daharabrahmaparatvena vyācaṣṭe- kathamityādinā

END BsCom_1,3.5.20
START BsCom_1,3.5.21
alpaśruter iti cet tad uktam | BBs_1,3.21 |
yadapyuktam, 'daharo 'sminnantarākāśaḥ' ityākāśasyālpatvaṃ śrūyamāṇaṃ parameśvare nopapadyate, jīvasya tvārāgropanimitasyālpatvamavakalpata iti tasya parihāro vaktavyaḥ /
ukto hyasya parihāraḥ parameśvarasyāpekṣikamalpatvamavakalpata iti 'arbhakaukastvāttadvyapadeśācca neti cenna nicāyyatvādevaṃ vyomavacca' (bra. 1.2.7) ityatra /
sa eveha parihāro 'nusaṃdhātavya iti sūcayati /
śrutyaiva cedamalpatvaṃ pratyuktaṃ prasiddhenākāśenopamimānayā 'yāvānvā ayamākāśastāvāneṣo 'ntarhṛdaya ākāśaḥ' iti

upāsyatvādalpatvamuktamiti vyākhyāya śrutyā nirastamityarthāntaramāha- śrutyaiva cedamiti /
evaṃ daharavākyaṃ prajāpativākyaṃ ca saguṇe nirguṇe ca samanvitamiti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.5.21
START BsCom_1,3.6.22
6 anukṛtyadhikaraṇam. sū. 22-23
anukṛtes tasya ca | BBs_1,3.22 |
'na tatra sūryo bhāti na candratārakaṃ nemā vidyuto bhānti kuto 'yamāgniḥ /
tameva bhāntamanubhāti sarvaṃ tasya bhāsā sarvamidaṃ vibhāti' (mu. 2.210) iti samāmananti /
yatra yaṃ bhāntamanubhāti sarvaṃ yasya ca bhāsā sarvamidaṃ vibhāti sa kiṃ tejodhātuḥ kaściduta prājña ātmeti vicikitsāyāṃ tejodhāturiti tāvatprāptam /
kutaḥ, tejodhātūnāmeva suryādīnāṃ bhānapratiṣedhāt /
tejaḥsvabhāvakaṃ hi candratārakādi tejaḥsvabhāvaka eva suryo bhāsamāne 'hani na bhāsata iti prasiddham /
tathā saha sūryeṇa sarvamidaṃ candratārakādi yasminna bhāsate so 'pi tejaḥsvabhāva eva kaścidityavagamyate /
anubhānamapi tejaḥsvabhāvaka evo 'papadyate, samānasvabhāvakeṣvanukāradarśanāt /
gacchantamanugacchatītivat /
tasmāttejodhātuḥ kaścidityevaṃ prāpte brūmaḥ - prājña evātmā bhavitumarhati /
kasmāt /
anukṛteḥ /
anukaraṇamanukṛtiḥ /
yadetat 'tameva bhāntamanubhāti sarvam' ityanubhānaṃ, tatprājñaparigrahe 'vakalpate /
'bhārūpaḥ satyasaṃkalpaḥ' (chā.
3.14.2) iti hi prājñamātmānamāmananti /
na tu tejodhātuṃ kañcitsūryādayo 'nubhāntīti prasiddham /
samatvācca tejodhātūnāṃ sūryādīnāṃ na tejodhātumanyaṃ pratyapekṣāsti yaṃ bhāntamanubhāyuḥ /
nahi pradīpaḥ pradīpāntaramanubhāti /
yadapyuktaṃ samānasvabhāvakeṣvanukāro dṛśyata iti /
nāyamekānto niyamaḥ /
bhinnasvabhāvakeṣvapi hyanukāro dṛśyate /
yathā sutapto 'yaḥpiṇḍo 'gnyanukṛtiragniṃ dahantamanudahati, bhaumaṃ vā rajo vāyuṃ vahantamanuvahantīti /
anukṛterityanubhānamasūsucat /
tasya ceti caturthaṃ pādamasya ślokasya sūcayati /
'tasya bhāsā sarvamidaṃ vibhāti' iti tadhetukaṃ bhānaṃ sūryāderucyamānaṃ prājñamātmānaṃ gamayati /
'taddevā jyotiṣāṃ jyotirāyurhepāsate 'mṛtam' (bṛ. 4.4.16) iti hi prājñamātmānamāmananti /
tejontareṇa suryāditejo vibhātītyaprasiddhaṃ viruddhaṃ ca, tejontareṇa tejontarasya pratidhātāt /
athavā na sūryādīnameva ślokaparipaṭhitānāmidaṃ taddhetukaṃ vibhānamucyate /
kiṃ tarhi 'sarvamidam' ityaviśeṣaśruteḥ sarvasyaivāsya nāmarūpakriyākārakaphalajātasya yābhivyaktiḥ sā brahmajyotiḥsattānimittā /
yathā sūryādijyotiḥsattānimittā sarvasya rūpajātasyābhivyaktistadvat /
'na tatra sūryo bhāti' iti ca tatraśabdamāharanprakṛtagrahaṇaṃ darśayati /
prakṛtaṃ ca brahma 'yasmindyauḥ pṛthivī cāntarikṣamotam' (mu. 2.2.5) ityādinā /
anantaraṃ ca 'hiraṇmaye pare kośe virajaṃ brahma niṣphalam /
tacchubhraṃ jyotiṣāṃ jyotistadyadātmavido viduḥ' iti /
kathaṃ tajjyotiṣāṃ jyotirityata idamutthitam-'na tatra sūryo bhāti' iti /
yadapyuktaṃ sūryādīnāṃ tejasāṃ bhānapratiṣedhastejodhātāvevanyasminnavakalpate sūrya ivetareṣāmiti /
tatra tu sa eva tejodhāturanyo na saṃbhavatītyupapāditam /
brahmaṇyapi caiṣāṃ bhānapratiṣedho 'vakalpate /
yato yadupalabhante tatsarvaṃ brahmaṇaiva jyotiṣopalabhyate, brahma tu nānyena jyotiṣopalabhyate svayaṃ jyotiḥsvarūpatvāt, yena sūryādayastasminbhāyuḥ /
brahma hyānyadvyanakti natu brahmānyena vyajyate /
'ātmanaivāyaṃ jyotiṣāste' (bṛ. 4.3.6), 'āgṛhyo nahi gṛhyate' (bṛ. 4.2.4) ityādiśrutibhyaḥ

FN: tatra tārakāntarāṇi candrādi ca na bhāti taṃ na bhāsayatīti yāvat /
prājñatvaṃ svaprakāśakatvaṃ bhāsakatvārthamuktam /
anukāraḥ anubhānam /
virajaṃ āgantukamalaśūnyam /
śubhraṃ naisargikamalaśūnyam /
anukṛtestasya ca /
muṇḍakavākyamudāharati- na tatreti /
tasmin brahmaṇi viṣaye na bhāti, taṃ na bhāsayatīti yāvat /
yadā candrabhāskarādirna bhāsayati tadā alpadīpteragneḥ kā kathetyāha- kuta iti /
kiñca sarvasya sūryādestadbhāsyatvānna tadbhāsakatvamityāha- tameveti /
anugamanavadanumānaṃ svagatamiti śaṅkāṃ nirasyati- tasyeti /
tatreti saptamyāḥ sati viṣaye ca sādhāraṇyātsaṃśayamāha- tatreti /
pūrvatrātmaśrutyādibalādākāśaśabdasya rūḍhityāgādīśvare vṛttirāśritā /
tathehāpi satisaptamībalādvartamānārthatyāgena yasminsati sūryādayo na bhāsyanti sa tejoviśeṣa upāsya iti bhaviṣyadarthe vṛttirāśrayaṇīyā /
adhunā bhāsamāne sūryādau na bhātīti virodhāditi dṛṣṭāntena pūrvapakṣayati- tejodhāturiti /
tejodhānaṃ, nirguṇasvayañjyotirātmajñānamityubhayatra phalam /
tejodhātutve liṅgamāha- tejodhātūnāmiti /
yattejaso 'bhibhāvakaṃ tatteja iti vyāptimāha- tejaḥsvabhāvakamiti /
yasminsati yanna bhāti tadanu tadbhātīti viruddhamityata āha- anubhānamiti /
tato nikṛṣṭabhānaṃ vivakṣitamiti bhāvaḥ /
mukhyasaṃbhave vivakṣānupapatteḥ mukhyānubhānaliṅgātsarvabhāsakaḥ paramātmā svaprakāśako 'tra grāhya iti siddhāntamāha- prājña iti /
prājñatvaṃ svaprakāśakatvaṃ bhāsakatvārthamuktam /
tatra śrutimāha- bhārūpa iti /
mānābhāvācca tejodhāturnā grāhya ityāha- na tviti /
kiñca sūryādayastejontarabhānamanu na bhānti, tejastvāt, pradīpavadityāha- samatvācceti /
yo 'yamanukaroti sa tajjātīya iti niyamo nāstītyāha- nāyamekānta iti /
paunaruktyamāśaṅkyoktānuvādapūrvakaṃ sūtroktaṃ hetvantaraṃ vyācaṣṭe- anukṛteriti /
'tameva bhāntam'ityevakāroktaṃ tadbhānaṃ vinā sarvasya pṛthagbhānābhāvarūpamanubhānamanukṛterityanenoktam- tasya ceti /
sarvabhāsakatvamuktamityapaunaruktyamityarthaḥ /
ātmanaḥ sūryādibhāsakatvaṃ śrutyantaraprasiddhamaviruddhaṃ cetyāha- taddevā iti /
sarvaśabdaḥ prakṛtasūryādivācakatvena vyākhyātaḥ /
saṃprati tasyāsaṃkucadvṛttitāṃ matvārthāntaramāha- athaveti /
tatreti sarvanāmaśrutyā prakṛtaṃ brahma grāhyamityāha- na tatra sūrya iti /
kiñca spaṣṭabrahmaparapūrvamantrākāṅkṣāpūrakatvādayaṃ mantro brahmapara ityāha- anantaraṃ ceti /
hiraṇmaye jyotirmaye annamayādyapekṣayā pare kośe ānandamayākhye pucchaśabditaṃ brahma virajaṃ āgantukamalaśūnyaṃ, niṣkalaṃ niravayavaṃ, śubhraṃ naisargikamalaśūnyaṃ, sūryādisākṣibhūtaṃ brahmavitprasiddhamityarthaḥ /
satisaptamīpakṣamanuvadati- yadapīti /
sūryādyabhibhāvakatejodhātau prāmāṇike tasyeha grahaṇaśaṅkā syāt, na tatra pramāṇamastītyāha- tatreti /
siddhānte tatreti vākyārthaḥ kathamityāśaṅkyāha- brahmaṇyapīti /
satisaptamīpakṣe na bhātīti śrutaṃ vartamānatvaṃ tyaktvā tasminsati na bhāsyantītyaśrutabhaviṣyattvaṃ kalpanīyaṃ pratyakṣavirodhanirāsāya /
viṣayasaptamīpakṣe tu na bhāsayatītyaśrutaṇijadhyāhāramātraṃ kalpyaṃ na śrutatyāga iti lāghavaṃ, ato brahmaṇi viṣaye sūryāderbhāsakatvaniṣedhena brahmabhāsyatvamucyata ityarthaḥ /
yenānyābhāsyatvena hetunā sūryādayastasminbrahmaṇi viṣaye bhāsakāḥ syustathā tu brahmānyena nopalabhyate svaprakāśatvāditi yojanā /
uktameva śrutyantareṇa draḍhayati- brahmeti /
svaprakāśatve 'nyābhāsyatve ca śrutidvayam /
grahaṇāyogyatvādagrāhya ityarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.6.22
START BsCom_1,3.6.23
api ca smaryate | BBs_1,3.23 |
apicedṛgrūpatvaṃ prājñasyaivaitmanaḥ smaryate bhagavadgītāsu- 'na tadbhāsayate sūryo na śaśāṅ ko na pāvakaḥ /
yadgatvā na nivartante taddhāma paramaṃ mama' (15.6) iti, 'yadādityagataṃ tejo jagadbhāsayate 'khilam /
yaccandramasi yaccāgnau tattejo viddhi māmakam' (15.12) iti ca

ṇijadhyāhārapakṣe smṛtibalamapyastītyāha- apiceti /
sūtraṃ vyācaṣṭe- apiceti /
abhāsyatve sarvabhāsakatve ca ślokadvayaṃ draṣṭavyam /
tasmādanubhānamantro brahmaṇi samanvita iti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.6.23
START BsCom_1,3.7.24
7 pramitādhikaraṇam / sū. 24-25
śabdād eva pramitaḥ | BBs_1,3.24 |
'aṅguṣṭamātraḥ puruṣaḥ madhya ātmani tiṣṭhati' iti śrūyate /
tathā aṅguṣṭamātraḥ puruṣo jyotirivādhūmakaḥ /
īśāno bhūtabhavyasya sa evādya sa u śva etadvai tat' (kā. 2.4.13) iti ca /
tatra yo 'yamaṅguṣṭhamātraḥ puruṣaḥ śrūyate sa kiṃ vijñānātmā kiṃvā paramātmeti saṃśayaḥ /
tatra parimāṇopadeśāttāvadvijñānātmeti prāptam /
nahyanantāyāmavistārasya paramātmano 'ṅguṣṭhaparimāṇamupapadyate /
vijñānātmananastūpādhimattvātsaṃbhavati kayācitkalpanayāṅguṣṭhamātratvam /
smṛteśca- 'atha satyavataḥ kāyātpāśabaddhaṃ vaśaṃ gatam /
aṅguṣṭhamātraṃ puruṣaṃ niścakarṣaṃ yamo balāt' //
(ma.bhā. 3.297.17)
iti /
nahi parameśvaro balādyamena niṣkraṣṭuṃ śakyastena tatra saṃsāryaṅguṣṭhamātro niścitaḥ sa evehāpītyevaṃ prāpte brūmaḥ - paramātmaivāyamaṅguṣṭhamātraparimitaḥ puruṣo bhavitumarhati /
kasmāt, śabdāt, 'īśāno bhūtabhavyasya' iti /
nahyanyaḥ parameśvarādbhūtabhavyasya niraṅ kuśamīśitā /
'etadvai tat' iti ca prakṛtaṃ pṛṣṭamihānusaṃdadhāti /
etadvai tadyatpṛṣṭaṃ brahmetyarthaḥ /
pṛṣṭaṃ ceha brahma 'anyatra dharmādanyatrādharmādanyatrāsmātkṛtākṛtāt /
anyatra bhūtācca bhavyācca yattatpaśyasi tadvada' (kā. 1.2.14) iti śabdādevetyabhidhānaśrutereveśāna iti parameśvaro 'yaṃ gamyata ityarthaḥ

kathaṃ punaḥ sarvagatasya paramātmanaḥ parimāṇopadeśa ityatra brūmaḥ -
FN: ātmani dehe madhye hṛdayasapranītyarthaḥ /
bhūtabhavyagrahaṇaṃ bhavato 'pi pradarśanārtham kālatrayaniyantetyarthaḥ /
kayāciditi hṛdayakamalakośasya jīvopalabdhisthānasyāṅguṣṭhamātratayetyarthaḥ /
śabdādeva pramitaḥ /
kāṭhakavākyaṃ paṭhati- aṅguṣṭheti /
puruṣaḥ pūrṇo 'pyātmani dehamadhye aṅguṣṭhamātre hṛdaye tiṣṭhatītyaṅguṣṭhamātra ityucyate, tasyaiva paramātmatvavādivākyāntaramāha- tatheti /
adhūmakamiti paṭhanīyam /
yo 'ṅguṣṭhamātro jīvaḥ sa vastuto nirdhūmajyotirvannirmalaprakāśarūpa iti tamarthaṃ saṃśodhya tasya brahmatvamāha- īśāna iti /
tasyādvitīyatvamāha -sa eveti /
kālatraye 'pi sa evāsti nānyatkiñcit /
yannaciketasā pṛṣṭaṃ brahma tadetadevetyarthaḥ /
parimāṇeśānaśabdābhyāṃ saṃśayamāha- tatreti /
yathānubhānādiliṅgāt ṇijadhyāhareṇa sūryādyagocaro brahmetyuktaṃ tathā prathamaśrutaparimāṇaliṅgājjīvapratītāvīśāno 'smīti dhyāyediti vidhyadhyāhareṇa dhyānaparaṃ vākyamiti pūrvapakṣayati- tatra parimāṇeti /
pūrvapakṣe brahmadṛṣṭyā jīvopāstiḥ, siddhānte tu pratyagbrahmaikyajñānaṃ phalamiti mantavyam /
āyāmo daidhyaṃ, vistāro mahattvamiti bhedaḥ /
kayāciditi /
aṅguṣṭhamātrahṛdayasya vijñānaśabditabudyabhedādhyāsakalpanayetyarthaḥ /
smṛtisaṃvādādapyaṅguṣṭhamātro jīvaityāha- smṛteśceti /
atha maraṇānantaraṃ yamapāśaurbaddhaṃ karmavaśaṃ prāptamityarthaḥ /
tatrāpīśvaraḥ kiṃ na syādityata āha-- nahīti /
'prabhavati saṃyamane mamāpi viṣṇuḥ'iti yamasyeśvaraniyamyatvasmaraṇāditi bhāvaḥ /
bhūtabhavyasvetyupapadādbādhakābhāvācca īśāna itīśatvaśabdānniraṅkuśamīśitā bhātīti śrutyā liṅgaṃ bādhyāmiti siddhāntayati- paramātmaiveti /
prakaraṇācca brahmaparamidaṃ vākyamityāha- etaditi /
śabdo vākyaṃ liṅgāddurbalamityāśaṅkyāha- śabdāditi

END BsCom_1,3.7.24
START BsCom_1,3.7.25
hṛdyapekṣayā tu manuṣyādhikāratvāt | BBs_1,3.25 |
sarvagatasyāpi paramātmano hṛdaye 'vasthānamapekṣyāṅguṣṭhamātratvamidamucyate /
ākāśasyeva vaṃśaparvāpekṣamaratrimātratvam /
nahyañjasātimātrasya paramātmano 'ṅguṣṭhamātratvamupapadyate /
na cānyaḥ paramātmana iha grahaṇamarhatīśānaśabdādibhya ityuktam /
nanu pratiprāṇibhedaṃ hṛdayānāmanavasthitatvādapekṣamapyaṅguṣṭhamātratvaṃ nopapadyata ityata uttaramucyate- manuṣyādhikāratvāditi /
śāstraṃ hyaviśeṣapravṛttamapi manuṣyānevādhikaroti,
śaktatvādarthitvādaparyudastatvādupanayanādiśāstrācceti varṇitametadadhikāralakṣaṇe (jai. 6.1) /
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca niyataparimāṇaḥ kāyaḥ /
aucityena niyataparimāṇameva caiṣāmaṅguṣṭhamātraṃ hṛdayam /
ato manuṣyādhikāratvācchāstrasya manuṣyahṛdayāvasthānāpekṣamaṅguṣṭhamātratvamupapannaṃ paramātmanaḥ /
yadapyuktaṃ parimāṇopadeśātsmṛteśca saṃsāryevāyamaṅguṣṭamātraḥ pratyetavya iti, tatpratyucyate- 'sa ātmā tattvamasi' ityādivatsaṃsāriṇa eva sato 'ṅguṣṭhamātrasya brahmatvamidamupadiśyata iti /
dvirūpā hi vedāntavākyānāṃ pravṛttiḥ, kvacitparamātmasvarūpanirūpaṇaparā kvacidvijñānātmanaḥ paramātmaikatvopadeśaparā /
tadatra vijñānātmanaḥ paramātmanaikatvamupadiśyate nāṅguṣṭhamātratvaṃ kasyacit /
etamevārthaṃ pareṇa sphuṭīkariṣyati- 'aṅguṣṭhamātraḥ puruṣo 'ntarātmā sadā janānāṃ hṛdaye saṃniviṣṭaḥ /
taṃ svāccharīrātpravṛhenmuñjādiveṣikāṃ dhairyeṇa /
taṃ vidyācchukramamṛtam' (kā. 2.6.17) iti

FN: sakaniṣṭhaḥ karo 'ratniḥ /
atra manuṣyaśabdastraivarṇikaparaḥ /
'śūdro yajñe 'navakḷptaḥ' iti paryudāsāt, upanīyata, tamadhyāpayīta, iti śūdrādhikāravāraṇam /
śarīrātsthūlātsūkṣmācca taṃ jīvaṃ pravṛhetpṛthakkaryāt /
dhairyeṇa śamādineti yāvat /
karaḥ sakaniṣṭho 'ratriḥ /
mukhyāṅguṣṭhamātro jīvo gṛhyatāṃ kiṃ gauṇagrahaṇenetyata āha- na cānya iti /
sati saṃbhave mukhyagraho nyāyyaḥ /
atra tu śrutivirodhādasaṃbhava iti gauṇagraha ityartha /
manuṣyāneveti /
traivarṇikānevetyarthaḥ /
śaktatvādityanena paścādīnāṃ devānāmṛṣīṇāṃ cādhikāro vāritaḥ /
tatra paśvādīnāṃ śāstrārthajñānādisāmagryabhāvātkarmaṇyaśaktiḥ /
indrādeḥ svadevatāke karmaṇi svoddeśena dravyatyāgāyogādaśaktiḥ /
ṛṣīṇāmārṣeyavaraṇe ṛṣyantarābhāvādaśaktiḥ /
arthitvādityanena niṣkāmānāṃ mumukṣūṇāṃ sthāvarāṇāṃ cādhikāro vāritaḥ /
tatra mumukṣūṇāṃ śudyarthitve nityādiṣvadhikāro na kāmyeṣu /
śuddhacittānāṃ mokṣārthitve śravaṇādiṣu vyañjakeṣvadhikāro na karmasviti mantavyam /
śūdrasyādhikāraṃ nirasyati- aparyudastatvāditi /
śūdro 'yajñe 'vanakḷptaḥ'iti paryudāsāt, upanayīta tamadhyāpayīta iti śāstrācca na śūdrasya vaidike karmaṇyadhikāraḥ /
tasyaikajātitvasmṛterūpanayanaprayuktadvijātitvābhāvena vedādhyayanābhāvāt /
atrāpekṣito nyāyaḥ ṣaṣṭhādhyāye varṇita ityāha- varṇitamiti /
'svargakāmo yajeta'ityādiśāstrasyāviśeṣaṇa sarvānphalārthinaḥ prati pravṛttatvāt, prāṇimātrasya sukhārthitvācca phalārthe karmaṇi paśvādīnāmapyadhikāra ityāśaṅkyoktarityāteṣāṃ śaktatvādyabhāvātsvargakāmapadaṃ manuṣyaparatayā saṃkocya manuṣyādhikāratve sthāpite caturvarṇyādhikāritvamāśaṅkya 'vasante brāhmaṇo 'gnīnādadhīta grīṣme rājanyaḥ śaradi vaiśyaḥ'iti trayāṇāmevāgnisaṃbandhaścavaṇātteṣāmevādhikāra iti varṇitamityarthaḥ /
astu, prastute kimāyātaṃ, tatrāha- manuṣyāṇāṃ ceti /
prāyeṇa saptavitastiparimito manuṣyadehaityarthaḥ /
evamaṅguṣṭhaśabdo hṛtparimāṇavācakastatrasthaṃ brahma lakṣayatītyuktam /
saṃprati tacchabdenāṅguṣṭhamātraṃ jīvamanūdyāyamīśāna iti brahmābhedo bodhya iti vaktumanuvadati- yadapīti /
pratipādyābhedavirodhādanuvādyāṅguṣṭhamātratvaṃ bādhyaṃ, tātparyārthasya balavattvādityāha- tadīti /
kvacit 'asthūlam'ityādau /
kvacit 'tattvamasi'ityādau /
[nanu paramātmano 'ṅguṣṭhaparimāṇatvaṃ na saṃbhavatīti sūtrakāreṇa hṛdayāpekṣamaṅguṣṭhamātratvamuktaṃ,
dvividhetyādibhāṣyāttu jīvamuddiśya brahmatvabodhanamiti pratīyata iti sūtrārthāsparśitvādbhāṣyamanupapannamiti cet, na, bhāṣyatātparyānabhijñānāt /
kaṭhavallīvākyasyāvāntaratātparyamekaṃ mahātātparyaṃ caikam /
tatrāvāntaratātparyamupāsye brahmaṇi, mahātātparyaṃ ca jñeye brahmaṇi /
ata eva bhāṣyakārairvākyadvayopanyāsaḥkṛtaḥ /
ata evopāsanāphalaṃ kaṭhavallyāmeva-'śataṃ caikā ca hṛdayasya nāḍyaḥ'ityādinā bodhitam /
ata eva caturthādhyāye dvitīyacaraṇe 'tadokaḥ'iti sūtre hārdavidyāṃ prakṛtya samāmananti iti bhāṣyakāraiḥ prathamavākyasya upāsye brahmaṇi tātparyamiti prakaṭīkṛtam /
itthaṃ cātratyabhāṣyaṃ mahātātparyābhiprāyakamiti draṣṭavyam /
rāmānujabhāṣyakṛtā tu pūrvapakṣo 'smadbhāṣyatātparyājñānenaiva kṛta ityavadheyam /
ekatvārthe vākyaśeṣamanukūlayati- etamiti /
śrutiryamo vā draṣṭavyaḥ /
taṃ jīvaṃ pravṛhetpṛthakkuryāt, dhairyeṇa balavadindriyanigrahādinā, taṃ viviktamātmānaṃ śuklaṃ svaprakāśamamṛtaṃ kūṭasthaṃ brahma jānīyādityarthaḥ /
tasmātkaṭhavākyaṃ pratyagbrahmaṇi jñeye samanvitamiti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.7.25
START BsCom_1,3.8.26
8 devatādhikaraṇam / sū. 26-33
tadupary api bādarāyaṇaḥ saṃbhavāt | BBs_1,3.26 |
aṅguṣṭhamātraśrutirmanuṣyahṛdayāpekṣayā manuṣyādhikāratvācchāstrasyetyuktaṃ, tatprasaṅgenedamucyate /
bāḍhaṃ manuṣyādhikāreti śāstram /
natu manuṣyānevetīha brahmajñāne niyamo 'sti /
teṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāmupariṣṭādye devādayastānapyadhikaroti śāstramiti bādarāyaṇa ācāryo manyante /
kasmāt /
saṃbhavāt /
saṃbhavati hi teṣāmapyarthitvādyadhikārakāraṇam /
tatrārthitvaṃ tāvanmokṣaviṣayaṃ devādīnāmapi saṃbhavati vikāraviṣayavibhūtyanityatvālocanādinimittam /
tathā sāmarthyamapi teṣāṃ saṃbhavati, mantrārthavādetihāsapurāṇalokebhyo vigrahavattvādyavagamāt /
naca teṣāṃ kaścitpratiṣedho 'sti /
nacopanayanaśāstreṇaiṣāmadhikāro nivartyeta, upanayanasya vedādhyayanārthatvāt /
teṣāṃ ca svayaṃpratibhātavedatvāt /
apicaiṣāṃ vidyāgrahaṇārthaṃ brahmacaryādi darśayati- 'ekaśataṃ ha vai varṣāṇi maghavānprajāpatau brahmacaryamuvāsa' (chā. 8.11.3), 'bhṛgurvai vāruṇiḥ /
varuṇaṃ pitaramupasasāra /
adhīhi bhagavo brahma' (tai. 3.1) ityādi /
yadapi karmasvanadhikārakāraṇamuktam- 'na devānāṃ devatāntarābhāvāt' iti, 'na ṛṣīṇāmārṣeyāntarābhāvāt' (jai.6.1.6,7) iti /
na tadvidyāsvasti /
nahīndrādīnāṃ vidyāsvadhakriyamāṇānāmindrādyuddeśena kiñcitkṛtyamasti /
naca bhṛgvādīnāṃ bhṛgvādisagotratayā /
tasmāddevādīnāmapi vidyāsvadhikāraḥ kena vāryate /
devādyadhikāre 'pyaṅguṣṭamātraśrutiḥ svāṅguṣṭhāpekṣayā na virudhyate

FN: devānāṃ karmasu nādhikāraḥ, devatāntarāṇāmuddeśyānāmabhāvāditi prathamasūtrārthaḥ /
ṛṣīṇāmapi na, ṛṣyāntarābhāvādṛṣiyukte karmaṇyaśakteriti dvitīyasūtrārthaḥ /
tat asāmarthyarūpaṃ kāraṇam /
śāstrasya manuṣyādhikāratve devādīnāṃ brahmavidyāyamāpyanadhikāraḥ syādityāśaṅkyāha- taduparyapi bādarāyaṇaḥ saṃbhavāt /
nanu samanvayādhyāye 'dhikāracintā na saṃgatetyata āha- uṅguṣṭheti /
smṛtasyopekṣānarhatvaṃ prasaṅgaḥ /
atra manuṣyādhikāratvoktyā smṛtānāṃ devādināṃ vedāntaśravaṇādāvadhikāro 'sti na veti saṃdehe bhogāsaktānāṃ vairāgyādyasaṃbhavānneti prāpte siddhāntamāha- bāḍhamiti /
evamadhikāravicārātmakādhikaraṇadvayasya prasaṅgikī saṃgatiḥ /
atra pūrvapakṣe devādināṃ jñānānadhikārāddevatvaprāptidvārā kramamuktiphalāsu daharādyupāsanāsu kramamuktyarthināṃ manuṣyāṇāmapravṛttiḥ phalaṃ, siddhānte tu pravṛttiḥ /
upāsanābhirdevatvaṃ prāptānāṃ śravaṇādinā jñānānmuktisaṃbhavāditi saphalo 'yaṃ vicāraḥ nanu bhogāsaktānāṃ teṣāṃ mokṣārthitvābhāvānnādhikāra ityata āha- arthitvaṃ tāvaditi /
vikāratvenānṛtaviṣayasukhasya kṣayāsūyādidoṣaddaṣṭyā niratiśayasukhamokṣārthitvaṃ sattvaprakṛtīnāṃ devānāṃ saṃbhavatītyarthaḥ /
nanvindrāya svāhetyādau caturthyantaśabdātiriktā vigrahavatī devatā nāsti, śabdasya cāsāmarthyānnādhikāra ityata āha-- tatheti /
arthitvavadityarthaḥ /
aparyudastatvamāha- nacateṣāmiti /
'śūdro yajñe 'navalkṛptaḥ'itivaddevādīnāṃ vidyādhikāraniṣedho nāstītyarthaḥ /
nanu vigrahavattvena dṛṣṭasāmarthye satyapyupanayanābhāvācchāstrīyaṃ sāmarthyaṃ nāstītyata āha -na ceti /
janmāntarādhyayanabalātsvayameva pratibhātāḥ smṛtā vedā yeṣāṃ te tathā tadbhāvādityarthaḥ /
bālādiṣu praviṣṭapiśācādīnāṃ vedodghoṣadarśanāddevayonīnāṃ janmāntarasmaraṇamastīti smṛtavedāntānāmarthavicāro yukta ityarthaḥ /
devānāmṛṣīṇāṃ ca vidyādhikāre kāraṇamarthitvādikamuktvā śrautaṃ gurukulavāsādiliṅgamāha- apiceti /
nanu brahmavidyā devādīnnādhikaroti, vedārthatvāt, agnihotravadityata āha- yadapīti /
devānāṃ karmasu nādhikāraḥ,
devatāntarāṇāmuddeśyānāmabhāvāditi prathamasūtrārthaḥ /
ṛṣīṇāmanadhikāraḥ, ṛṣyantarābhāvādṛṣiyukte karmaṇyaśakteriti dvitīyasūtrārthaḥ /
asāmarthyamupādhiriti pariharati- na taditi /
asāmarthyarūpaṃ kāraṇamityarthaḥ /
na hyasti yenāsāmarthyaṃ syāditi śeṣaḥ /
'tadyo yo devānāṃ pratyabudhyata sa eva tadabhavattatharṣīṇām'itivākyabādho 'pyanumānasya draṣṭavyaḥ /
nanu devādīnpratyaṅkuṣṭhamātraśrutiḥ kathaṃ,
teṣāṃ mahādehatvena hṛdayasyāsmadaṅguṣṭhamātratvābhāvāt /
ataḥ śrutiṣu teṣāṃ nādhikāra ityata āha- devādyadhikāre 'pīti

END BsCom_1,3.8.26
START BsCom_1,3.8.27
virodhaḥ karmaṇīti cen nānekapratipatter darśanāt | BBs_1,3.27 |
syādetat, yadi vigrahavattvādyabhyupagamena devādīnāṃ vidyāsvadhikāro varṇyeta vigrahavattvādṛtvigādindrādīnāmapi svarūpasaṃnidhānena karmāṅgabhāvo 'bhyupagamyeta /
tadā ca virodhaḥ karmaṇi syāt /
nahīndrādīnāṃ svarūpasaṃnidhānena yāge 'ṅgabhāvo dṛśyate /
naca saṃbhavati /
bahuṣu yāgeṣu yugapadekasyendrasya svarūpasaṃnidhānatānupapatteriti cet /
nāyamasti virodhaḥ /
kasmāt /
anekapratipatteḥ /
ekasyāpi devatātmano yugapadanekasvarūpapratipattiḥ saṃbhavati /
kathametadavagamyate /
darśanāt /
tathāhi-'kati devāḥ' ityupakramya 'trayaśca trī ca śatā trayaśca trī ca sahasrā' iti nirucya 'katama te' ityasyāṃ pṛcchāyām 'mahimāna evaiṣāmete trayastriṃśattveva devāḥ' (bṛ. 3.9.1,2) iti nirbruvatī śrutirekaikasya devatātmano yugapadanekarūpatāṃ darśayati /
tathā trayastriṃśato 'pi ṣaḍādyantarbhāvakrameṇa 'katama eko deva iti prāṇaḥ' iti prāṇaikarūpatāṃ devānāṃ darśayantī tasyaikasya prāṇasya yugapadanekarūpatāṃ darśayati /
tathā smṛtirapi- 'ātmano vai śarīrāṇi bahūni bharatarṣabha //
yogī kuryādbalaṃ prāpya taiśca sarvairmahīṃ caret //
prāpnuyādviṣayānkaiścidugraṃ tapaścaret //
saṃkṣipecca punastāni sūryo raśmigaṇāniva' //
ityevañjātīyakā prāptāṇimādyaiśvaryāṇāṃ yogināmapi yugapadanekaśarīrayogaṃ darśayati /
kimu vaktavyamājānasiddhānāṃ devānām /
anekarūpapratipattisaṃbhavāccaikaikā devatā bahubhī rūpairātmānaṃ pravibhajya bahuṣu yāgeṣu yugapadaṅgabhāvaṃ gacchatīti /
paraiśca na dṛśyate 'ntardhānādikriyāyogādityupapadyate //
anekapratipatterdarśanādityasyāparā vyākhyā- vigrahavatāmapi karmāṅgabhāvacodanāsvanekā pratipattirdṛśyate /
kvacideko 'pi vigrahavānanekatra yugapadaṅgabhāvaṃ na gacchati, yathā bahubhirbhojayadbhirnaiko brāhmaṇo yugapadbhojyate /
kvaciccaiko 'pi vigrahavānanekatra yugapadaṅgabhāvaṃ gacchati, yathā bahubhirnamaskurvāṇaireko brāhmaṇo yugapannamaskriyate /
tadvadihoddeśaparityāgātmakatvādyāgasya vigrahavatīmapyekāṃ devatāmuddiśya bahavaḥ svaṃ svaṃ dravyaṃ yugapatparityakṣyantīti vigrahavattve 'pi devatānāṃ na kiñcitkarmaṇi virudhyate

FN: darśanāt śrutiprāmāṇyāt /
vaiśvadevaśāstrasya hi nividi kati devā ityupakramya śākalyāya yājñavalkyena trayaścettyuttaram /
nivinnāma śasyamānadevatāsaṃkhyāvācakāni mantrapadāni /
balaṃ yogasiddhim /
'aṇimā mahimā caiva garimā prāptirīśitā /
prākamyaṃ ca vaśitvaṃ ca tatra kāmāvasāyitā' ityaṇimādyāḥ /
ājānasiddhānāṃ janmanaiva prāptiśayānām /
nanu mantrādīnāṃ pratīyamānavigrahavattve tātparyaṃ kalpayitvā devādīnāmadhikāra uktaḥ, sa cāyuktaḥ, anyaparāṇāṃ teṣāṃ pratyakṣādivirodhena svārthe tātparyakalpanānupapatterityākṣipya sūtracatuṣṭayena pariharati- virodhaḥkarmaṇītyādinā /
varṇyeta, tarhīti śeṣaḥ /
svarūpaṃ vigrahaḥ /
abhyupagame pratyakṣeṇa devatā dṛśyeta, naca dṛśyate, ato yogyānupalabdhyā devatāyā vigrahavatyā abhāvātsaṃpradānakārakābhāvena karmaniṣpattirna syādityāha- tadā ceti /
vigrahasyāṅgatvamupalabdhibādhitaṃ yuktyā ca na saṃbhavatītyāha -na ceti /
tasmādarthopahitaśabda eva devatā, tasyā acetanatvānna vidyādhikāra iti śaṅkārthaḥ /
pariharati- nāyamiti /
ekasyāpi devasya yogabalādanekadehaprāptiḥ śrutismṛtidarśanātsaṃbhavati /
ato na karmaṇi virodha iti vyācaṣṭe- kasmādityādinā /
vaiśvadevaśastre śasyamānadevāḥ katīti śākalyena pṛṣṭo yājñavalkyo nividā 'trayaśca'ityādirūpayottaraṃ dadau /
nivinnāma śasyamānadevasaṃkhyāvācakaḥ śabdaḥ /
ṣaḍadhikāni trīṇi śatāni trīṇi sahasrāṇīti saṃkhyoktau saṃkhyeyasvarūpapraśne, mahimāno vibhūtayaḥ sarve devā eṣāṃ trayastriṃśaddevānāmato 'ṣṭau vasava ekādaśa rudrā dvādaśādityā indraḥ prajāpatiśceti trayastriṃśadevāste 'pi ṣaṇṇāmagnipṛthivīvāyvantarikṣādityadivāṃ mahimānaste 'pi ṣaṭsu deveṣvantarbhavanti /
ṣaṭ devāstriṣu lokeṣu trayaśca dvayorannaprāṇayordvai ca ekasminprāṇe hiraṇyagarbhe 'ntarbhavata iti darśitamityarthaḥ /
trayastriṃśato 'pi devānāmiti saṃbandhaḥ /
darśanaṃ śrautaṃ vyākhyāya smārtaṃ vyācaṣṭe- tathā smṛtiriti /
balaṃ yogasiddhim /
'aṇimā mahimā caiva laghimā prāptirīśitā /
prākāmyaṃ ca vaśitvaṃ ca yatrakāmāvasāyitā //
'ityaṣṭaiśvaryāṇi /
kṣaṇena aṇurmahān laghurguruśca bhavati yogī /
aṅgulyā candrasparśaḥ prāptiḥ /
īśitā sṛṣṭiśaktiḥ /
prākāmyaṃ icchānābhighātaḥ /
vaśitvaṃ niyamanaśaktiḥ /
saṃkalpamātrādiṣṭalābho yatrakāmāvasāyiteti bhedaḥ /
ajānasiddhānāṃ janmanā siddhānāmityarthaḥ /
phalitamāha- aneketi /
anekeṣu karmasvekasya pratipattiraṅgabhāvaḥ /
tasya loke darśanāditi vaktuṃ vyatirekamāha- kvacideka iti /
prakṛtopayuktamanvayadṛṣṭāntamāha- kvacicceti

END BsCom_1,3.8.27
START BsCom_1,3.8.28
śabda iti cen nātaḥ prabhavāt pratyakṣānumānābhyām | BBs_1,3.28 |
mā nāma vigrahavattve devādīnāmabhyupagamyamāne karmaṇi kaścidvirodhaḥ prasañji /
śabde tu virodhaḥ prasajyeta /
katham /
autpattikaṃ hi śabdasyārthena saṃbandhamāśritya 'anapekṣatvāt' iti vedasya prāmāṇyaṃ sthāpitam /
idānīṃ tu vigrahavatī devatābhyupagamyamānā yadyapyaiśvaryayogādyugapadanekakarmasaṃbandhīni havīṃṣi bhuñjīta tathāpi vigrahayogādasmadādivajjananamaraṇavatī seti nityasya śabdasya nityenārthena nitye saṃbandhepratīyamāne yadvaidike śabde prāmāṇyaṃ sthitaṃ tasya virodhaḥ syāditi cet /
nāyamapyasti virodhaḥ /
kasmāt /
ataḥ prabhavāt /
ata eva hi vaidikācchabdādevādikaṃ jagatprabhavati /
nanu janmādyasya yataḥ (bra. 1.1.2) ityatra brahmaprabhavatvaṃ jagato 'vadhāritaṃ, kathamiha śabdaprabhavatvamucyate /
apica yadi nāma vaidikācchabdādasya prabhavo 'bhyupagataḥ, kathametāvatā virodhaḥ śabde parihṛtaḥ yāvatā vasavo rudrā ādityā viśvedevā maruta ityeter'thā anityā evotpattimattvāt /
tadanityatve ca tadvācināṃ vaidikānāṃ vasvādiśabdānāmanityatvaṃ kena nivāryate /
prasiddhaṃ hi loke devadattasya putra utpanne yajñadatta iti tasya nāma kriyata iti /
tasmādvirodha eva śabda iti cet /
na /
gavādiśabdārthasaṃbandhanityatvadarśanāt /
nahi gavādivyaktīnāmutpattimattve tadākṛtīnīmapyutpattimattvaṃ syāt /
dravyaguṇakarmaṇāṃ hi vyaktaya evotpadyante nākṛtayaḥ /
ākṛtibhiśca śabdānāṃ saṃbandho na vyaktibhiḥ /
vyaktīnāmānantyātsaṃbandhagrahaṇānupapatteḥ /
vyaktiṣūtpadyamānāsvapyākṛtīnāṃ nityatvācca gavādiśabdeṣu kaścidvirodho dṛśyate /
tathā devādivyaktiprabhavābhyupagame 'pyākṛtinityatvānna kaścidvasvādiśabdeṣu virodha iti draṣṭavyam /
ākṛtiviśeṣastu devādīnāṃ mantrārthavādādibhyo vigrahavattvādyavagamādavagantavyaḥ /
sthānaviśeṣasaṃbandhanimittāścendrādiśabdāḥ senāpatyādiśabdavat /
tataśca yo yastattatsthānamadhirohati sa sa indrādiśabdairabhidhīyata iti na doṣo bhavati /
nacedaṃ śabdaprabhavatvaṃ brahmaprabhavatvavadupādānakāraṇābhiprāyeṇocyate /
kathaṃ tarhi sthite vācakātmanā nitye śabde nityārthasaṃbandhini śabdavyavahārayogyārthavyaktiniṣpattirataḥ prabhava ityucyate kathaṃ punaravagamyate śabdātprabhavati jagaditi /
pratyakṣānumānābhyām /
pratyakṣaṃ śrutiḥ, prāmāṇyaṃ pratyanapekṣatvāt /
anumānaṃ smṛtiḥ, prāmāṇyaṃ prati sāpekṣatvāt /
te hi śabdapūrvo sṛṣṭiṃ darśayataḥ /
'ete iti vai prajāpatirdevānasṛjatāsṛgramiti manuṣyānindava iti pitṛṃstiraḥ pavitramiti grahānāśava iti stotraṃ viśvānīti śastramabhisaubhagetyanyāḥ prajāḥ' iti śrutiḥ /
tathānyatrāpi 'sa manasā vācaṃ mithunaṃ samabhavat' (bṛ. 1.2.4) ityādinā tatratatra śabdapūrvikā sṛṣṭiḥ śrāvyate /
smṛtirapi- 'anādinidhanā nityā vāgutsṛṣṭā svayaṃbhuvā /
ādau vedamayī divyā yataḥ sarvā pravṛttayaḥ' //
iti /
utsargo 'pyayaṃ vācaḥ saṃpradāyapravartanātmako draṣṭavyaḥ, anādinidhanāyā anyādṛśasyotsargasyāsaṃbhavāt /
tathā 'nāma rūpaṃ ca bhūtānāṃ karmaṇāṃ ca pravartanam /
vedaśabdebhya evādau nirmame sa maheśvaraḥ' //
(manu. 1.21) iti /
' sarveṣāṃ tu sa nāmāni karmāṇi ca pṛthakpṛthak /
vedaśabdebhya evādau pṛthaksaṃsthāśca nirmame' //
iti ca /
apica cikīrṣitamarthamanutiṣṭhaṃstasya vācakaṃ śabdaṃ pūrvaṃ smṛtvā paścāttamarthamanuṣṭhatīti sarveṣāṃ naḥ pratyakṣametat /
tathā prajāpaterapi sraṣṭuḥ sṛṣṭeḥ pūrvaṃ vaidikāḥ śabdā manasi prādurbabhūvuḥ, paścāttadanugatānarthānsasarjeti gamyate /
tathāca śrutiḥ - 'sa bhūriti vyāhāratsa bhūmimasṛjata' (tai.brā. 2.2.4.2) ityevamādikā bhūrādiśabdebhya eva manasi prādurbhūtebhyo bhūrādilokānsṛṣṭāndarśayati /
kimātmakaṃ punaḥ śabdamabhipretyedaṃ śabdaprabhavatvamucyate /
sphoṭamityāha /
varṇapakṣe hi teṣāmutpannapradhvaṃsitvānnityebhyaḥ śabdebhyo devādivyaktīnāṃ prabhava ityanupapannaṃ syāt /
utpannadhvaṃsinaśca varṇāḥ, pratyuccāraṇamanyathā cānyathā ca pratīyamānatvāt /
tathāhi- adṛśyamāno 'pi puruṣaviśeṣo 'dhyayanadhvaniśravaṇādeva viśeṣato nirdhāryate devadatto 'yamadhīte yajñadatto 'yamadhīte iti /
nacāyaṃ varṇaviṣayo 'nyathātvapratyayo mithyājñānaṃ, bādhakapratyayābhāvāt /
naca varṇebhyor'thāvagatiryuktā /
na hyekaiko varṇor'thaṃ pratyāyayet, vyabhicārāt /
naca varṇasamudāyapratyayo 'sti, kramavattvādvarṇānām /
pūrvapūrvavarṇānubhavajanitasaṃskārasahito 'ntyo varṇor'thaṃ pratyāyayiṣyatīti yadyucyeta /
tanna /
saṃbandhagrahaṇāpekṣo hi śabdaḥ svayaṃ pratīyamānor'thaṃ pratyāyayeddhūmādivat /
naca pūrvapūrvavarṇānubhavajanitasaṃskārasahitasyāntyavarṇasya pratītirasti, apratyakṣatvātsaṃskārāṇām /
kāryapratyāyitaiḥ saṃskāraiḥ sahito 'ntyo varṇorthaṃ pratyāyayiṣyatīti cet /
na /
saṃskārakāryasyāpi smaraṇasya kramavartitvāt /
tasmātsphoṭa eva śabdaḥ /
sa caicaikavarṇapratyayāhitasaṃskārabīje 'ntyavarṇapratyayajanitapari pāke pratyayinyekapratyayaviṣayatayā jhaṭiti pratyavabhāsate /
nacāyamekapratyayo varṇaviṣayā smṛtiḥ /
varṇānāmanekatvādekapratyayaviṣayatvānupapatteḥ /
tasya ca pratyuccāraṇaṃ pratyabhijñāyamānatvānnityatvam /
bhedapratyayasya varṇaviṣayatvāt /
tasmānnityācchabdasphoṭarūpādabhidhāyakātkriyākārakaphalalakṣaṇaṃ jagadabhidheyabhūtaṃ prabhavatīti /
varṇā eva tu na śabdaḥ iti bhagavānupavarṣaḥ.
nanūtpannapradhvaṃsitvaṃ varṇānmuktaṃ, tanna /
ta eveti pratyabhijñānāt /
sādṛśyātpratbhijñānaṃ keśādiṣviveti cet /
na /
pratyabhijñānasya pramāṇāntareṇa bādhānupapatteḥ /
pratyabhijñānamākṛtinimittamiti cet /
na /
vyaktipratyabhijñānāt /
yadi hi pratyuccāraṇaṃ gavādivyaktivadanyā anyā varṇavyaktayaḥ pratīyeraṃstata ākṛtinimittaṃ pratyabhijñānaṃ syāt /
natvetadasti /
varṇavyaktaya eva hi pratyuccāraṇaṃ pratyabhijñāyante /
dvirgośabda uccārita iti hi pratipattirna tu dvau gośabdāviti /
nanu varṇā apyuccāraṇabhedena bhinnaḥ pratīyante devadattayajñadattayoradhyayanadhvaniśravaṇādeva bhedapratīterityuktam /
atrābhidhīyate- sati varṇaviṣaye niścite pratyabhijñāne saṃyogavibhāgābhivyaṅgyatvādvarṇānāmabhivyañjakavaicitryanimitto 'yaṃ varṇaviṣayo vicitraḥ pratyayo na svarūpanimittaḥ /
apica varṇavyaktibhedavādināpi pratyabhijñānasiddhaye varṇākṛtayaḥ kalpayitavyāḥ /
tāsu ca paropādhiko bhedapratyaya ityabhyupagantavyam /

tadvaraṃ varṇavyaktiṣveva paropādhiko bhedapratyayaḥ svarūpanimittaṃ ca pratyabhijñānamiti kalpanālāghavam /
eṣa eva ca varṇaviṣayasya bhedapratyayasya bādhakaḥ pratyayo yatpratyabhijñānam /
kathaṃ hyekasminkālaṃ bahūnāmuccārayatāmeka eva sangakāro yugapadanekarūpaḥ syāt /
udāttaścānudāttaśca svaritaśca sānunāsikaśca niranunāsikaśceti /
athavā dhvanikṛto 'yaṃ pratyayabhedo na varṇakṛta ityadoṣaḥ /
kaḥ punarayaṃ dhvanirnāma /
yo dūrādākarṇayato varṇavivekamapratipadyamānasya karṇapathamavatarati /
pratyāsīdataśca paṭumaṭutvādibhedaṃ varṇeṣvāsañjayati /
tannibandhanāścodāttādayo viśeṣā na varṇasvarūpanibandhanāḥ, varṇānāṃ pratyuccārāṇaṃ pratyabhijñāyamānatvāt /
evañca sati sālambanā udāttādipratyayā bhaviṣyanti /
itaradhā hi varṇānāṃ pratyabhijñāyamānānāṃ nirbhedatvātsaṃyogavibhāgakṛtā udāttādiviśeṣāḥ kalperan /
saṃyogavibhāgānāṃ cāpratyakṣatvācca tadāśrayā viśeṣā varṇeṣvadhyavasituṃ śakyanta ityato nirālambanā evaita udāttādipratyayāḥ syuḥ /
apica naivaitadabhiniveṣṭavyamudāttādibhedena varṇānāṃ pratyabhijñāyamānānāṃ bhedo bhavediti /
nahyanyasya bhedenānyasyābhidyamānasya bhedo bhavitumarhati /
nahi vyaktibhedena jātiṃ bhinnāṃ manyante /
varṇebhyaścārthapratīteḥ saṃbhavātsphoṭakalpanānarthikā /
na kalpayāmyahaṃ sphoṭaṃ pratyakṣameva tvenamavagacchāmi, ekaikavarṇagrahaṇāhitasaṃskārāyāṃ buddhau jhaṭiti pratyava ūbhāsanāditi cet /
na /
asyā api buddhervarṇaviṣayatvāt /
ekaikavarṇagrahaṇottarakālā hīyamekā buddhirgauriti samastavarṇaviṣayā nārthāntaraviṣayā /
kathametadavagamyate /
yato 'syāmapi buddhau gakārādayo varṇā anuvartante natu dakārādayaḥ /
yadi hyasyā buddhergakārādibhyor'thāntaraṃ sphoṭo viṣayaḥ syāttato dakārādaya iva gakārādayo 'pyasyā buddhervyāvarteran /
natu tathāsti /
tasmādiyamekabuddhirvarṇaviṣayaiva smṛtiḥ /
nanvanekatvādvarṇānāṃ naikabuddhiviṣayatopapadyata ityuktaṃ, tatpratibrūmaḥ - saṃbhavatyanekasyāpyekabuddhiviṣayatvaṃ, paṅ ktirvanaṃ senā daśa śataṃ sahasramityādidarśanāt /
yā tu gaurityeko 'yaṃ śabda iti buddhiḥ, sā bahuṣveva varṇeṣvekārthāvacchedanibandhanaupacārikī vanasenādibuddhivadeva /
atrāha- yadi varṇā eva sāmastyenaikabuddhiviṣayatāmāpadyamānāḥ padaṃ syustato jārā rājā kapiḥ pikaḥ ityādiṣu padaviśeṣapratipattirna syāt /
ta eva hi varṇā itaratra cetaratra ca pratyavabhāsanta iti /
atra vadāmaḥ - satyapi samastavarṇapratyavamarśe yathā kramānurodhinya eva pipīlikāḥ paṅ ktibuddhimārohanti, evaṃ kramānurodhana eva varṇāḥ padabuddhimārokṣyanti /
tatra varṇānāmaviśeṣe 'pi kramaviśeṣakṛtā padaviśeṣapratipattirna virudhyate /
vṛddhavyavahāre ceme varṇāḥ kramādyanugṛhītā gṛhītārthaviśeṣasaṃbandhāḥ santaḥ svavyavahāro 'pyekaikavarṇagrahaṇānantaraṃ samastapratyavamarśinyāṃ buddhau tādṛśā eva pratyavabhāsamānāstaṃ tamarthamavyabhicāreṇa pratyāyayiṣyantīti varṇavādino laghīyasī kalpanā /
sphoṭavādinastu dṛṣṭahāniradṛṣṭakalpanā ca /
varṇāśceme krameṇa gṛhyamāṇāḥ sphoṭaṃ vyañjayanti sa sphoṭor'thaṃ vyanaktīti garīyasī kalpanā syāt, athāpi nāma pratyuccāraṇamanye 'nye varṇāḥ syuḥ, tathāpi pratyabhijñālambanabhāvena varṇasāmānyānāmavaśyābhyupagantavyatvādyā varṇeṣvarthapratipādanaprakriyā racitā sā sāmānyeṣu saṃcārayitavyā /
tataśca nityebhyaḥ śabdebhyo devādivyaktīnāṃ prabhava ityaviruddham

FN: autpattikaṃ svābhāvikaṃ /
vasutvādijātivācakācchabdāttajjātīyāṃ cikīrṣitāṃ vyakti buddhāvālikhya tasyāḥ prabhavanaṃ, tadidaṃ tatprabhavatvam /
ākṛtīnāṃ jātīnām /
'ete asṛgramindavastiraḥ pavitramāśavaḥ /
viśvānyabhisaubhagā' iti /
etanmantrasthaiḥ padaiḥ smṛtvā brahmā devādīnasṛjata /
tatra saṃnihitavācakaitacchabdo devānāṃ karaṇeṣvanugrāhakatvena saṃnihitānāṃ smārakaḥ /
asṛk rudhiraṃ tatpradhānadeharamaṇānmanuṣyāṇāmagraśabdasmārakaḥ /
candrasthānāṃ pitṛṇāminduśabdaḥ smārakaḥ /
pavitraṃ somaṃ svāntavistaraskurvatāṃ grahāṇāṃ tiraḥpavitraśabdaḥ smārakaḥ /
ṛ.(?).ucośnuvatāṃ stotrāṇāmāśuśabdaḥ stotrānantaraṃ prayogaṃ viśatāṃ śastrāṇāṃ viśvaśabdaḥ /
saṃpradāyo guruśiṣyaparaṃparādhyayanam /
saṃsthā avasthāḥ /
varṇarūpaṃ tadatiriktasphoṭarūpaṃ veti kiṃśabdārthaḥ /
sphuṭate varṇairvyajyata iti sphoṭo varṇābhivyaṅgyor'thastasya vyañjako gavādiśabdo nityastamabhipretyedamucyata iti pūrveṇānvayaḥ /
vyabhicārādekasmādvarṇādarthapratītyadarśanāt varṇāntaravaiyarthyapratītyadarśanāccetyarthaḥ /
ekaiketi yathā ratnatattvaṃ bahubhiścākṣuṣapratyayaiḥ sphuṭaṃ bhāsate tathā gavādipadasphoṭo gakārādyekaikavarṇakṛtapratyayaiḥ sphoṭaviṣayairāhitāḥ saṃskārā bījaṃ yasmin citte tasmin antyavarṇakṛtapratyayena janitaḥ paripāko 'ntyaḥ saṃskāro yasminpratyayini citte ekaṃ gauriti padamiti pratyayaḥ pratyakṣastadviṣayatayā spaṣṭamavabhāsata ityarthaḥ /
vapanānantaraṃ ta eveme keśā iti dhīrbhrāntiriti yuktam, bhedadhīvirodhāt /
tālvādideśaiḥkoṣṭhasthavāyusaṃyogavibhāgābhyāṃ vicitrābhyāṃ vyaṅgyatvādvarṇeṣu vaicitryadhīrityarthaḥ /
yo 'vatarati sa dhvaniriti śeṣaḥ /
varṇātiriktaḥ śabdaḥ dhvanirityarthaḥ /
pratyuccāraṇaṃ varṇā anuvartante dhvanirvyāvartata iti bhedaḥ /
apratyakṣatvaṃ aśrāvaṇatvam /
yathā khaṇḍamuṇḍādiviruddhānekavyaktiṣvabhinnaṃ gotvaṃ tathā dhvaniṣu varṇā abhinnā evetyarthaḥ /
udāttādirdhvanistadbhedena hetunā varṇānāmapīti yojanā /
arthāvacchedor'thaṃ niścayaḥ /
pratyavamarśaḥ smṛtiḥ /
vyutpattidaśā vṛddhavyavahāraḥ /
kramādityādiśabdena saṃkhyā gṛhyate /
svasvavyavahāro madhyamavṛddhasya pravṛttyavasthā /
tādṛśatvaṃ vyutpattidaśādṛṣṭakramādyanugṛhītatvam /
dṛṣṭaṃ varṇānāmarthabodhakatvaṃ, adṛṣṭaḥ sphoṭaḥ /
karmaṇyavirodhamaṅgīkṛtya śabdaprāmāṇyavirodhamāśaṅkya pariharati /
śabda iti cediti /
mā prasañji prasakto mā bhūnnāmetyarthaḥ /
autpattikasūtre śabdārthayoranādyoḥ saṃbandhasyānāditvādvedasya svārthe mānāntarānapekṣatvena prāmāṇyamuktam /
idānīmanityavigrahavyaktyabhyupagame tatsaṃbandhasyāpyanityatvānmānāntareṇa vyaktiṃ jñātvā śabdasya saṃketaḥ puṃsā kartavya iti mānāntarāpekṣatvātprāmāṇyasya virodhaḥ syādityāha- kathamityādinā /
kiṃ śabdānāmanityatayā saṃbandhasya kāryatvamāpadyate, utārthānāmanityatayā /
nādya ityāha- nāyamapīti /
karmaṇyavirodhavadityaperarthaḥ /
devādivyaktihetutvena prāgeva śabdānāṃ sattvānnānityatvamiti bhāvaḥ /
atra pūrvāparavirodhaṃ śaṅkate- nanviti /
śabdasya nimittatvena brahmasahakāritvādavirodha ityāśaṅkya dvitīyaṃ kalpamutthāpayati- apiceti /
anityatvaṃ sāditvam /
vyaktirūpārthānāmanityatayā śabdānāṃ saṃbandhasyānityatvaṃ durvāraṃ, tasmātpauruṣeyasaṃbandhasāpekṣatvātprāmāṇyavirodha ityarthaḥ /
naca vyaktināmanityatve 'pi ghaṭatvādijātisamavāyavacchabdasaṃbandho 'pi nityaḥ syāditi vācyaṃ, ubhayāśritasaṃbandhasyānyatarābhāve sthityayogena dṛṣṭāntāsidveriti bhāvaḥ /
yathā gotvādayo gavādiśabdavācyāstathā vasutvādyākṛtayo vasvādiśabdārthā na vyaktya iti pariharati- netyādinā /
śabdānāṃ tadarthānāṃ jātīnāṃ ca nityatvāttatsaṃbandho 'pi nitya iti pratipādayati- nahītyādinā /
vyaktināmānantyāditi /
naca gotvāvacchedena vyaktiṣu śaktiḥ sugraheti vācyaṃ,
sāmānyasyāpratyāsattitvena sarvavyaktyupasthityabhāvāt, gotvaṃ śakyatāvacchedakamiti grahāpekṣayā gotvaṃ śakyamiti lāghavāt, nirūḍhājahallakṣaṇayā vyakterlābhenānyalabhyatvābhāvācceti bhāvaḥ /
yadvā kevala vyaktiṣu śaktiratra nirasyate, anupapattijñānaṃ, vinaiva vyakteḥ śabdaśaktyāyattajātijñānaviṣayatvenobhayaśakterāvaśyakatvāt /
tathāca nityajātitādātmyena vyakteranāditvāttatsaṃbandho 'pyanādiḥ, satkāryavādāt /
ata eva vākyavṛttau tattvamasyādivākye bhāgalakṣaṇoktā yujyate, kevalasāmānyasya vācyatve 'khaṇḍārthasya vācyaikadeśatvābhāvāt /
'ataḥprabhavāt'iti sūtrasvārasyācca kevalavyaktiśaktinirāsa iti gamyate /
kevalavyaktivacanāḥ khalu ḍitthādiśabdā arthānantarabhāvinaḥ sāṃketikāḥ gavādiśabdāstu vyaktiprabhavahetutvena prāgevasandhīti na vyaktimātravacanāḥ sāṃketikāḥ kintu sthūlasūkṣmabhāvenānusyūtavyaktyavinābhūtasāmānyavacanā iti mantavyam /
na cendrādivyakterekatvena jātyabhāvādākāśaśabdavadindracandrādiśabdaḥ kevalavyaktivacanā iti sāṃpratam /
atītānāgatavyaktibhedena jātyupapatterityalaṃ prapañcena /
dṛṣṭāntamupasaṃhṛtya dārṣṭāntikamāha- vyaktiṣvityādinā ākṛtirjātiḥ /
nanu kā sā vyaktiḥ, yadanugatendratvādijātiḥ śabdārthaḥ syādityata āha- ākṛtiviśeṣastviti /
'vajrahastaḥpurandaraḥ'ityādibhya ityarthaḥ /
indrādiśabdānāṃ jātirindrādiṣu pravṛttinimittamityuktvā upādhinimittamāha- sthāneti /
vyaktipralaye 'pi sthānasya sthāyitvācchabdārthasaṃbandhanityatetyata āha- tataśceti /
uktaṃ pūrvāparavirodhaṃ pariharati- naceti /
śabdo nimittamityavirodhaṃ matvā sūtraśeṣamavatārayati- kathaṃ punariti /
smṛtyā svaprāmāṇyārthaṃ mūlaśrutiranumīyata ityanumānaṃ smṛtiḥ /
'ete asṛgramindavastiraḥ pavitramāśavaḥ /
viśvānyasyābhisaubhagā /
'ityetanmantrasthaiḥ padaiḥ smṛtvā brahmā devādīnasṛjat /
tatraita iti padaṃ sarvanāmatvāddevānāṃ smārakam /
asṛgrudhiraṃ tatpradhāne dehe ramanta iti asṛgrā manuṣyāḥ /
candrasthānāṃ pitṛṇāṃ induśabdaḥ smārakaḥ /
pavitraṃ somaṃ svāntastiraskurvatāṃ grahāṇāṃ tiraḥ pavitraśabdaḥ /
ṛco 'śruvatāṃ stotrāṇāṃ gītirūpāṇāmāśuśabdaḥ /
'ṛcyadhyūḍhaṃ sāma'iti śruteḥ /
stotrānantaraṃ prayogaṃ viśatāṃ śāstrāṇāṃ viśvaśabdaḥ /
sarvatra saubhāgyayuktānāmabhisaubhagaśabdaḥsmāraka iti chandogabrāhmaṇavākyārthaḥ /
sa prajāpatirmanasā vācaṃ trayīṃ mithunaṃ samabhavat manovāgrūpaṃ mithunaṃ saṃbhāvitavān /
manasā trayīprakāśitāṃ sṛṣṭimālocitavānityarthaḥ /
'raśmirityevādityamasṛjata'ityādiśrutirādiśabdārthaḥ /
saṃpradāyo guruśiṣyaparamparādhyayanam /
saṃsthā avasthāḥ /

yā prajāpatisṛṣṭiḥ sā śabdapūrvikā, sṛṣṭitvāt, pratyakṣaghaṭādivaditi pratyakṣānumānābhyāmityasyārtāntaramāha- apiceti /
ataḥ prabhavatvaprasaṅgācchabdasvarūpaṃ vaktumuktamākṣipati- kimātmakamiti /
varṇarūpaṃ tadatiriktasphoṭarūpaṃ veti kiṃśabdārthaḥ /
tatra varṇānāmanityatvātsphoṭasya cāsattvānna jagaddhetutvamityākṣepe dvitīyapakṣaṃ vaiyākaraṇo gṛhṇāti- sphoṭamiti /
sphuṭyate varṇairvyajyata iti sphoṭovarṇābhivyaṅgyor'thastasya vyañjako gavādiśabdo nityastamabhipretyedamucyata iti pūrveṇānvayaḥ /
sa evādyapakṣaṃ dūṣayati- varṇeti /
so 'yaṃ gakāra iti pratyabhijñayā varṇanityatvasiddhernānupapattirityata āha- utpanneti /
tāratvamandratvādiviruddhadharmavattvena tāro gakāro mandro gakāra iti pratīyamānagakārasya bhedānumānātpratyabhijñāgatvajātiviṣayetyarthaḥ /
nanu viruddhadharmajñānaṃ dhvanyupādhikaṃ bhrama ityata āha- naceti /
tathāca varṇānāmanityatvānna jagaddhetutvamiti bhāvaḥ kiñca teṣāmarthabodhakatvāyogātsphoṭo 'ṅgīkārya ityāha- naca varṇebhya ityādinā /
vyabhicārādekasmādvarṇādarthapratītyadarśanāt, varṇāntaravaiyarthyaprasaṅgāccetyarthaḥ /
tarhi varṇānāṃ samudāyo bodhaka ityāśaṅkya kṣaṇikānāṃ sa nāstītyāha- naceti /
varṇānāṃ svataḥ sāhityābhāve 'pi saṃskāralakṣaṇāpūrvadvārā sāhityamāgneyādiyāgānāmiveti śaṅkate- pūrveti /
kimayaṃ saṃskāro varṇairjanito 'pūrvākhyaḥ kaścit, uta varṇānubhavajanito bhāvanākhyaḥ /
nādyaḥ, mānābhāvāt /
kiñcāyamajñāto jñāto vārthadhīhetuḥ /
nādya ityāha- tanneti /
saṃskārasahitaḥ śabdo jñāta evārthadhīhetuḥ, saṃbandhagrahaṇamapekṣya bodhakatvāt, dhūmādivadityarthaḥ /
dvitīye kiṃ pratyakṣeṇa jñāta uta kāryaliṅgena /
nādya ityāha- naceti /
dvitīyaṃ śaṅkate- kāryeti /
kāryamarthadhīstasyāṃ jātāyāṃ saṃskārapratyayaḥ tasmiñjāte seti parasparāśrayeṇa dūṣayati- neti /
padārthasmaraṇasyāpi padajñānāntarabhāvitvāttena saṃskārasahitāntyavarṇātmakapadasya jñānaṃ na yuktamityakṣarārthaḥ /
apiśabdaḥ parasparāśrayadyotanārthaḥ /
etena bhāvānāsaṃskārapakṣo 'pi nirastaḥ /
tasya varṇasmṛtimātrahetutvenārthadhīhetutvāyogāt /
na cāntyavarṇasāhityādarthadhīhetutvaṃ, kevalasaṃskārasya tu varṇasmṛtihetutvamiti vācyaṃ, arthadhīpūrvakāle bhāvanāyā jñānābhāvenārthadhīhetutvāyogāt /
naca varṇasmaraṇenānumitā sā antyavarṇasahitārthadhīheturiti vācyaṃ, tatkāryasya kramikasya varṇasmaraṇasyāpyantyavarṇānubhavānantarabhāvitvena tenānumitabhāvanānāmantyavarṇasāhityābhāvāditi bhāvaḥ /
varṇānāmarthabodhakatvasaṃbhave phalamāha- tasmāditi /
sphoṭe 'pi kiṃ mānamityāśaṅkyaikaṃ padamiti pratyakṣapramāṇamityāha- sa ceti /
yathā ratnatattvaṃ bahubhiścākṣuṣapratyayaiḥ sphuṭaṃ bhāsate tathā gavādipadasphoṭo gakāradyekaikavarṇakṛtapratyayaiḥ sphoṭaviṣayairāhitāḥ saṃskārā bījaṃ yasmin citte tasmin antyavarṇakṛtapratyayena janitaḥ paripāko 'ntyaḥ saṃskāroyasmiṃstasminpratyayini citte ekaṃ gauritipadamiti pratyayaḥ pratyakṣastadviṣayatayā spaṣṭamavabhāsata ityarthaḥ /
anena varṇānvayavyatirekayoḥ sphoṭajñāne 'nyathāsiddhiḥ /
nacaikasmādvarṇātsamyak sphoṭābhivyaktiḥ, yena varṇāntaravaiyarthyaṃ kintu ratnavadbahupratyayasaṃskṛte citte samyaksphoṭābhivyaktirityuktaṃ bhavati /
nanvekapadamekaṃ vākyamiti pratyayaḥ padavākyasphoṭayorna pramāṇaṃ, tasya varṇasamūhālambanasmṛtitvādityāśaṅkya niṣedhati- na ceti /
sphoṭasya jagaddhetutvārthaṃ nityatvamāha- tasya ceti /
nanu tadevedaṃ padamiti pratyabhijñā bhramaḥ, udāttādibhedapratyayādityata āha- bhedeti /
ācāryasaṃpradāyoktipūrvakaṃ siddhāntayati- varṇā eveti /
varṇātiriktasphoṭātmakaśabdasyānubhavānārohādityarthaḥ /
sādṛśyadoṣādiyaṃ bhrāntiriti śaṅkate- sādṛśyāditi /
vapanānantaraṃ ta eveme keśā iti dhīrbhrāntiriti yuktaṃ, bhedadhīvirodhāt /
sa evāyaṃ varṇa iti dhīstu pramaiva, bādhakābhāvādityāha- neti /
gotvādipratyabhijñāvadvarṇeṣu pratyabhijñā gavādiviṣayeti śaṅkate- pratyabhijñānamiti /
vyaktibhede siddhe pratyabhijñāyā jātiviṣayatvaṃ syāt,
yattvayā pītaṃ jalaṃ tadeva mayā pītamityādau /
na tatheha vyaktibhedaḥ siddha iti pariharati- na /
vyaktīti /
na tvetaditi /
vyaktyanyatvajñānamityarthaḥ /
udāttatvādiviruddhadharmatvādvyaktibhedo 'numānasiddha ityanuvadati- nanviti /
bhedapratyayasya kumbhakūpākāśabhedapratyayavadaupādhikabhedaviṣayatvādanyathāsiddherananyathāsiddhavyaktyaikyapratyabhijñayā nirapekṣasvarūpālambanayā bādha ityuttaramāha- atreti /
tālvādideśaiḥ koṣṭhasthavāyusaṃyogavibhāgābhyāṃ vicitrābhyāṃ vyaṅgyatvādvarṇeṣu vaicitryadhīrityarthaḥ /
kalpanāgauravācca varṇeṣu svato bhedo nāstītyāha- apiceti /
anantā gakārādivyaktayastāsu pratyabhijñānārthaṃ gatvādijātayastāsu codāttatvādibhedasyaupādhikatvamiti kalpanādvaraṃ varṇavyaktibhedamātrasyaupādhikatvakalpanamiti vyaktyānantyasya jātīnāṃ ca kalpanamayuktamityarthaḥ /
nanu bhedasya bādhakābhāvānnaupādhikatvamityata āha- eṣa iti /
astu tarhi pratyayadvayaprāmāṇyāya bhedābhedayoḥ satyatvaṃ, tatrāha- kathaṃ hīti /
ubhayorekatvavirodhādbheda aupādhika evetyarthaḥ /
nanu vāyusaṃyogāderatīndriyatvānna tadgatavaicitryasyodāttatvādervarṇeṣu pratyakṣāropaḥ saṃbhavatītyaruciṃ vadiṣyansvamatamāha- athaveti /
dhvanidharmā udāttatvādayo dhvanyabhedādhyāsādvarṇeṣu bhāntītyarthaḥ /
praśnapūrvakaṃ dhvanisvarūpamāha- ka iti /
avatarati sa dhvaniriti śeṣaḥ /
varṇātiriktaḥ śabdo dhvanirityarthaḥ /
samīpaṃ gatasya puṃsastāratvamandatvādidharmānsvagatānvarṇeṣu sa evāropayatītyāha- pratyāsīdataśceti /
ādipadaṃ vivṛṇoti- taditi /
nanvavyaktavarṇa eva dhvanirnātirikta ityata āha- varṇānāmiti /
pratyuccāraṇaṃ varṇā anuvartante dhvanirvyāvartata iti bheda ityarthaḥ /
anyathā vācike jape varṇeṣvavyakteṣu dhvanibuddhiḥ syāt,
dundubhyādidhvanau śabdatvamātreṇa gṛhyamāṇe ayamavyakto varṇa iti dhīḥ syāditi mantavyam /
evaṃ dhvanyupādhikatve svamate guṇaṃ vadanvāyūpādhikatve pūrvoktāmaruciṃ darśayati-evañ cetyādinā /
astu ko doṣaḥ, tatrāha- saṃyogeti /
vāyusaṃyogāderaśrāvaṇatvādityarthaḥ /
tasmāt śrāvaṇadhvanirevodāttatvādyāropopādhiriti bhāvaḥ /
evaṃ viruddhadharmakadhvanīnāṃ bhede 'pi na teṣvanugatā varṇā bhidyanta ityuktam /
tadeva dṛṣṭāntena draḍhayati- apiceti /
yathā khaṇḍamuṇḍādiviruddhānekavyaktiṣvabhinnaṃ gotvaṃ tathā dhvaniṣu varṇā abhinnā evetyarthaḥ /
udāttādirdhvanistadbhedena hetunā varṇānāmapīti yojanā /

pratyabhijñāvirodhādityakṣarārthaḥ /
yadvā udāttatvādibhedaviśiṣṭatayā pratyabhijñāyamānatvādvarṇānāṃ bheda ityāśaṅkāṃ dṛṣṭāntena nirasyati- apiceti /
varṇānāṃ sthāyitvaṃ prasādhya teṣāmeva vācakatvaṃ vaktuṃ sphoṭaṃ vighaṭayati- varṇebhyaśceti /
kalpanāmasahamāna āśaṅkate- neti /
cakṣuṣā darpaṇayuktāyāṃ buddhau mukhavacchrotreṇa varṇayuktāyāṃ buddhau vinaiva hetvantaraṃ sphoṭaḥ pratyakṣa ityāha- jhaṭitīti /
yasyāṃ saṃvidi yor'tho bhāsate sā tatra pramāṇam /
ekapadamiti buddhau varṇā eva sphuranti nātiriktasphoṭa iti na sā sphoṭe pramāṇamityāha-- na /
asyā apītyādinā /
nanu gopadabuddheḥ sphoṭo viṣayo gakārādīnāṃ tu vyañjakatvādanuvṛttirityata āha-- yadi hīti /
vyaṅgyavahnibuddhau vyañjakadhūmānuvṛtteradarśanādityarthaḥ /
varṇasamūhālambanatvopapattairna sphoṭaḥ kalpanīyaḥ, padārthāntarakalpanāgauravādityāha- tasmāditi /
anekasyāpyaupādhikamekatvaṃ yuktamityāha- saṃbhavatīti /
nanu tatraikadeśādirūpādhirasti, prakṛte ka upādhirityata āha-- yā tviti /
ekārthe śaktamekaṃ padaṃ, pradhānārtha ekasmin tātparyavadekaṃ vākyamityekārthasaṃbandhādekatvopacāra ityarthaḥ /
na caikapadatve jñāte ekārthajñānaṃ, asmiñjñāte tadityanyonyāśraya iti vācyam, uttamavṛddhoktānām varṇānāṃ krameṇāntyavarṇaśravaṇānantaraṃ bālasyaikasmṛtyārūḍhānāṃ madhyamavṛddhasya pravṛttyādiliṅgānumitaikārthadhīhetutvaniścaye satyekapadavākyatvaniścayāt /
varṇasāmye 'pi padabhedadṛṣṭervarṇātiriktaṃ padaṃ sphoṭākhyamaṅgīkāryamiti śaṅkate- atrāheti /
karmabhedādvarṇeṣveva padabhedadṛṣṭiriti pariharati- atreti /
nanu nityavibhūnāṃ varṇānāṃ kathaṃ kramaḥ kathaṃ vā padatvajñānenārthadhīhetutvaṃ, tatrāha- vṛddheti /
vyutpattidaśāyāmuccāraṇakrameṇopalabdhikramamupalabhyamānavarṇeṣvāropyaite varṇā etatkramaitatsaṃkhyāvanta etadarthaśaktā iti gṛhītāḥ santaḥ śrotuḥ pravṛttikāle tathaiva smṛtyārūḍhāḥ svasvārthaṃ bodhayantītyarthaḥ /
sthāyivarṇavādamupasaṃharati- varṇeti /
dṛṣṭaṃ varṇānāmarthabodhakatvam, adṛṣṭaḥ sphoṭaḥ /
saṃprati varṇānāmasthiratvamaṅgīkṛtya prauḍhivādena sphoṭaṃ vighaṭayati- athāpīti /
sthirāṇi gatyādisāmānyāni kramaviśeṣavanti gṛhītasaṃgatikānyarthabodhakānīti kḷpteṣu sāmānyeṣu prakriyā saṃcārayitavyā na tvakḷptaḥ sphoṭaḥ kalpanīya ityarthaḥ /
varṇānāṃ sthāyitvavācakatvayoḥ siddhau phalitamāha- tataśceti

END BsCom_1,3.8.28
START BsCom_1,3.8.29
ata eva ca nityatvam | BBs_1,3.29 |
svatantrasya karturasmaraṇādibhiḥ sthite vedasya nityatve devādivyaktiprabhavābhyupagamena tasya virodhamāśaṅkya 'ataḥ prabhavāt' iti parihṛtyedānīṃ tadeva vedanityatvaṃ sthitaṃ draḍhayati- ata eva ca nityatvamiti /
ata eva niyatākṛterdevāderjagato vedaśabdaprabhavatvādvedaśabde nityatvamapi pratyetavyam /
tathāca mantravarṇaḥ - 'yajñena vācaḥ padavīyamāyāntāmanvavindannṛṣiṣu praviṣṭām (ṛ.sa. 10.71.3) iti sthitāmeva vācamanuvinnāṃ darśayati /
vedavyāsaścaivameva smarati- 'yugānte 'ntarhitānvedānsetihāsānmaharṣayaḥ /
lebhire tapasā pūrvamanujñātāḥ svayaṃbhuvā' iti

FN: yajñena pūrvasukṛtena karmaṇā vāco vedasya padavīyaṃ mārgayogyatāṃ grahaṇayogyatāṃ āyannāptavantaḥ, tataḥstāṃ vācamṛṣiṣu praviṣṭāṃ vidyamānāṃ anvavindannanulabdhavanto yājñikā itiyāvat /
anuvinānnāmupalabdhām /
pūrvamavāntarakalpādau /
pūrvatantravṛttānuvādapūrvakaṃ sūtraṃ vyācaṣṭe- karturityādinā /
pūrvatantrasiddhameva vedasya nityatvaṃ devādivyaktisṛṣṭau tadvācakaśabdasyāpi sṛṣṭerasiddhamityāśaṅkya nityākṛtivācakācchabdādvyaktijanmoktyā sāṃketikatvaṃ nirasya vedo 'vāntarapralayāvasthāyī jāgaddhetutvādīśvaravādityanumānena draḍhayatītyarthaḥ /
yajñena pūrvasukṛtena vāco vedasya lābhayogyatāṃ prāptāḥ santo yājñikāstāmṛṣiṣu sthitāṃ labdhavanta iti mantrārthaḥ /
anuvinnāmupalabdhām /
pūrvamavāntarakalpādau

END BsCom_1,3.8.29
START BsCom_1,3.8.30
samānanāmarūpatvāccāvṛttāvapyavirodho darśanāt smṛteś ca | BBs_1,3.30 |
athāpi syāt /
yadi paśvādivyaktivaddevādivyaktayo 'pi saṃtatyaivotpadyerannirudhyeraṃśca tato 'bhidhānābhidheyābhidhātṛvyavahārāvicchedātsaṃbandhanityatvena virodhaḥ śabde parihriyeta /
yadā tu khalu sakalaṃ trailokyaṃ parityaktanāmarūpaṃ nirlepaṃ pralīyate prabhavati cābhinavamiti śrutismṛtivādā vadanti tadā kathamavirodha iti /
tatredamabhidhīyate- samānanāmarūpatvāditi tadāpi saṃsārasyānāditvaṃ tāvadabhyupagantavyam /
pratipādayiṣyati cācāryaḥ saṃsārasyānāditvaṃ - 'upapadyate cāpyupalabhyate' ca (bra. 2.1.36) iti /
anādau ca saṃsāre yathā svāpaprabodhayoḥ pralayaprabhavaśravaṇe 'pi pūrvaprabodhavaduktaprabodhe 'pi vyavahārānna kaścidvirodhaḥ, evaṃ kalpāntaraprabhavapralayayoriti draṣṭavyam /
svāpaprabodhayośca pralayaprabhavau śrūyete- 'yadā suptaḥ svapnaṃ na kañcana paśyatyathāsminprāṇa evaikadhā bhavati tadenaṃ vāksarvairnābhiḥ sahāpyeti cakṣuḥ sarvai rūpaiḥ sahāpyeti śrotraṃ sarvaiḥ śabdaiḥ sahāpyeti manaḥ sarvairdhyānaiḥ sahāphayeti sa yadā pratibudhyate yathāgnerjjvalataḥ sarvā diśo visphuliṅgā vipratiṣṭherannevamevaitasmādātmanaḥ sarve prāṇā yathātanaṃ vipratiṣṭante prāṇebhyo devā devebhyo lokāḥ (kau. 3.3) iti /
syādetat /
svāpe puruṣāntaravyavahārāvicchedātsvayaṃ ca suptaprabuddhasya pūrvaprabodhavyavahārānusaṃdhānasaṃbhavādaviruddham /
mahāpralaye tu sarvavyavahārocchedājjanmāntaravyavahāravacca kalpāntaravyavahārasyānusaṃdhātumaśakyatvādvaiṣamyamiti /
naiṣa doṣaḥ /
satyapi sarvavyavahārocchedini mahāpralaye parameśvarānugrahādīśvarāṇāṃ hiraṇyagarbhādīnāṃ kalpāntaravyavahārānusaṃdhānopapatteḥ /
yadyapi prākṛtāḥ prāṇino na janmāntaravyavahāramanusamadadhānā dṛśyanta iti, tathāpi na prākṛtavadīśvarāṇāṃ bhavitavyam /
tathāhi prāṇitvāviśeṣe 'pi manuṣyādistambaparyanteṣu jñānaiśvaryādipratibandhaḥ pareṇa pareṇa bhūyānbhavandṛśyate, tathā manuṣyādistambaparyanteṣu hiraṇyagarbhaparyanteṣu jñānaiśvaryādyabhivyaktirapi pareṇa pareṇa bhūyasī bhavatītyetacchrutismṛtivādeṣvasakṛdanuśrūyamāṇaṃ na śakyaṃ vaditum /
tataścātītakalpānuṣṭhitaprakṛṣṭajñānakarmaṇāmīśvarāṇāṃ hiraṇyagarbhādīnāṃ vartamānakalpādau prādurbhavatāṃ parameśrānugṛhītānāṃ suptapratibuddhatvakalpāntaravyavahārānusaṃdhānopapattiḥ /
tathāca śrutiḥ - 'yo brahmaṇaṃ vidadhāti pūrvaṃ yo vai vedāṃśca prahiṇoti tasmai /
taṃ ha devamātmabuddhiprakāśaṃ mumukṣurvai śaraṇamahaṃ prapadye' (śve, 6.18) iti /
smaranti ca śaunakādayaḥ 'madhucchandaḥprabhṛtibhirṛṣibhirdarśitayyo dṛṣṭāḥ' iti /
prativedaṃ caivameva kāṇḍarṣyādayaḥ smaryante /
śrutirapyṛṣijñānapūrvakameva mantreṇānuṣṭhānaṃ darśayati- 'yo havā aviditārṣeyacchandodaivatabrāhmaṇena mantreṇa yajayati vādhyāpayati vā sthāṇuṃ vacrchati gartaṃ vā pratipadyate'' (sarvānu. pari.) ityupakramya tasmādetāni mantre mantre vidyāt' iti /
prāṇināṃ ca sukhaprāptaye dharmo vidhīyate /
duḥkhaparihārāya cādharmaḥ pratiṣidhyate /
dṛṣṭānuśravikasukhaduḥkhaviṣayau ca rāgadveṣau bhavato na vilakṣaṇaviṣayāvityato dharmādharmaphalabhūtottarā sṛṣṭirniṣpadyamānā pūrvasṛṣṭisadṛśyeva niṣpadyate /
smṛtiśca bhavati- 'teṣāṃ ye yāni karmāṇi prāksṛṣṭyāṃ pratipedire /
tānyeva te prapadyante sṛjyamānāḥ punaḥ punaḥ //
hiṃsrāhiṃsre mṛdukrūre dharmādharmāvṛtānṛte /
tadbhāvitāḥ prapadyante tasmāttattasya rocate' //
iti /
pralīyamānamapi cedaṃ jagacchaktyaśeṣameva pralīyate /
śaktimūlameva ca prabhavati /
itarathākasmikatvaprasaṃṅāt /
nacānekākārāḥ śaktayaḥ śakyāḥ kalpayitum /
tataśca vicchidya vicchidyāpyudbhavatāṃ bhūrādilokapravāhāṇāṃ, devatiryaṅmanuṣyalakṣaṇānāṃ ca prāṇinikāyapravāhāṇāṃ, varṇāśramadharmaphalavyavasthānāṃ cānādau saṃsāre niyatatvamindriyaviṣayasaṃbandhaniyatatvavatpratyetavyam /
nahīndriyaviṣayasaṃbandhādervyavahārasya pratisargamanyathātvaṃ ṣaṣṭhendriyaviṣayakalpaṃ śakyamutprekṣitum /
ataśca sarvakalpānāṃ tulyavyavahāratvātkalpāntavyavahārānusaṃdhānakṣamatvācceśvarāṇāṃ samānanāmarūpā eva pratisargaṃ viśeṣāḥ prādurbhavanti /
samānanāmarūpatvāccāvṛttāvapi mahāsargamahāpralayakṣaṇāyāṃ jagato 'bhyupagamyamānāyāṃ na kaścicchabdaprāmāṇyādivirodhaḥ /
samānanāmarūpatāṃ ca śrutismṛtī darśayataḥ - 'sūryācandramasau dhātā yathāpūrvamakalpayat /
divaṃ ca pṛthivī cāntarikṣamatho svaḥ' (ṛ.saṃ. 10. 190.3) iti /
yathā pūrvasminkalpe sūryācandramaḥprabhṛti jagatkḷptaṃ tathāsminnapi kalpe parameśvaro 'kalpayadityarthaḥ /
tathā 'agnirvā akāmayata annādo devānāṃsyāmiti /
sa etamagnaye kṛttikābhyaḥ puroḍāśamaṣṭākapālaṃ niravapat' (tai.brā. 3.1.4.1) iti nakṣatreṣṭividhau yo 'gnirniravapadyasmai vāgnaye niravapattayoḥ samānanāmarūpatāṃ darśayatītyevañjātīyakā śrutirihodāhartavyā /
smṛtirapi- 'ṛṣīṇāṃ nāmadheyāni yāśca vedeṣu dṛṣṭayaḥ /
śarvaryante prasūtānāṃ tānyevaibhyo dadātyajaḥ //
yathartuṣvṛtuliṅgāni nānārūpāṇi paryaye /
dṛśyante tāni tānyeva tathā bhāvā yugādiṣu //
yathābhimānino 'tītāstulyaste sāṃpratairiha /
devā devairatātairhi rūpairnāmabhireva ca //
' ityevajātīyakā draṣṭavyā

FN: abhidhātṛśabdenādhyāpakādhyetārāvuktau /
tadāpi mahāpralayamahāsargāṅgīkāre 'pīti yāvat /
yadepyupakramādathaśabdaḥ tadetyarthaḥ /
prāṇaḥ paramātmā tatra jīva ekībhavati enaṃ prāṇaṃ sa jīvaḥ tadaitīti śeṣaḥ /
tasmāt prāṇātmanaḥ, āyatanaṃ golakam /
itiśabdo yadyapītyanena saṃbadhyate /
'hiraṇyagarbhaḥ samavartate'tyādayaḥ śrutivādāḥ, 'jñānamapratimaṃ yasye'tyādayaḥ smṛtivādāḥ /
prahiṇoti gamayati tasya buddhau vedanāvirbhāvayati /
ṛgvedo daśamaṇḍalātmakaḥ maṇḍalānāṃ daśatayamātrāstīti tatra bhavā ṛco dāśatayyaḥ /
arṣeya ṛṣiyogaḥ, chando gāyatryādi, daivatagnyādi, brāhmaṇaṃ viniyogaḥ etānyaviditāni yasminmantre, sthāṇuṃ sthāvaraṃ, gartaṃ narakam /
teṣāṃ prāṇināṃ madhye /
tānyeva tajjātīyānyeva /
ṣaṣṭhendriyaṃ manaḥ 'manaḥṣaṣṭhānīndriyāṇī'ti smṛteḥ /
nakṣatrabahutvādbahuvacanam kṛttikādevāyāgnaye, aṣṭasu kapāleṣu pacanīyaṃ havirniruptavān /
deveṣviti viṣayasaptamī /
śarvaryante pralayānte /
ṛturliṅgāni navapallavādīni /
paryaye ghaṭīyantravadāvṛttau /
bhāvāḥ padārthāḥ /
nanu mahāpralaye jāterapyasattvācchabdārthasaṃbandhānityatvamityāśaṅkyāha- samāneti /
sūtranirasyāṃ śaṅkāmāha- athāpīti /
vyaktisaṃtatyā jātīnāmavāntarapralaye sattvātsaṃbandhastiṣṭhati, vyavahārāvicchedājjñāyate ceti vedasyānapekṣatvena prāmāṇye na kaścidvirodhaḥ syāt /
nirlepalaye tu saṃbandhanāśāt punaḥ sṛṣṭau kenacitpuṃsā saṃketaḥ kartavya iti puruṣabuddhisāpekṣatvena vedasyāprāmāṇyaṃ, adhyāpakasyāśrayasya nāśādāśritasya tasyānityatvaṃ ca prāptamityarthaḥ /
mahāpralaye 'pi nirlepalayo 'siddhaḥ, satkāryavādāt /
tathāca saṃskārātmanā śabdārthatatsaṃbandhānāṃ satāmeva punaḥ sṛṣṭāvabhivyakternānityatvam /
abhivyaktānāṃ pūrvakalpīyanāmarūpasamānatvānna saṃketaḥ kenacitkāryaḥ /
viṣamasṛṣṭau hi saṃketāpekṣā na tulyasṛṣṭāviti pariharati- tatredamityādinā /
nanvādyasṛṣṭau saṃketaḥ kenacitkārya ityata āha- tadāpīti /
mahāsargapralayapravṛttāvapītyarthaḥ /
nanvastvanādisaṃsāre saṃbandhasyānāditvaṃ tathāpi mahāpralayavyavadhānādasmaraṇe kathaṃ vedārthavyavahāraḥ, tatrāha- anādau ceti /
na kaścidvirodhaḥ, śabdārthasaṃbandhasmaraṇāderiti śeṣaḥ /
svāpaprabodhayorlayasargāsiddhimāśaṅkya śrutimāha- svāpeti /
atha tadā suṣuptau prāṇe paramātmani jīva ekībhavati enaṃ prāṇaṃ sa jīvaḥ tadaitīti śeṣaḥ /
etasmātprātmanaḥ /
āyatanaṃ golakam /
ānantarye pañcamī ityādyā draṣṭavyā /
svapnavatkalpitasyājñātasattvābhāvāt darśanaṃ sṛṣṭiḥ adarśanaṃ laya iti dṛṣṭisṛṣṭipakṣaḥ śrutyabhipreta iti bhāvaḥ /
dṛṣṭāntavaiṣamyamāśaṅkya pariharati- syādityādinā /
aviruddhamanusandhānādikamiti śeṣaḥ /
hiraṇyagarbhādayaḥ pūrvakalpānusaṃdhānaśūnyaḥ /
saṃsāritvāt, asmādādivādityāśaṅkyāha- yadyapīti /
iti yadyapi tathāpi na prākṛtavaditi yojanā /
jñānādernikarṣavadutkarṣo 'pyaṅgīkāryaḥ, bādhābhāvāditi nyāyānugṛhītaśrutyādibhiḥ sāmānyato dṛṣṭānumānaṃ bādhyamityāha- yathā hītyādinā /
nanu tathāpi pūrvakalpeśvarāṇāṃ muktatvādasminkalpe ko 'nusaṃdhātetyata āha- tataśceti /
jñānādyutkarṣādityarthaḥ /
muktebhyo 'nye 'nusaṃdhātāra iti bhāvaḥ /
parameśvarānugṛhītānāṃ jñānātiśaye pūrvoktaśrutismṛtivādānāha- tathā ceti /
pūrvaṃ kalpādau sṛjati tasmai brahmaṇe prahiṇoti gamayati tasya buddhau vedānāvirbhāvayati yastaṃ devaṃ svātmākāraṃ mahāvākyotthabuddhau prakāśamānaṃ śaraṇaṃ paramamabhayasthānaṃ niḥśreyasarūpamahaṃ prapadya ityarthaḥ /
na kevalamekasyaiva jñānātiśayaḥ kintu bahūnāṃ śākhādraṣṭṛṇāmiti viśvāsārthamāha- smarantīti /
ṛgvedo daśamaṇḍalāvayavāstatra bhavā ṛco dāśatamyaḥ /
vedāntare 'pi kāṇḍasūktamantrāṇāṃ draṣṭāro baudhāyanādibhiḥ smṛtā ityāha- pratīti /
kiñca mantrāṇāmṛṣyādijñānāvaśyakatvajñāpikā śrutirmantradṛgṛṣīṇāṃ jñānātiśayaṃ darśayatītyāha- śrutirapīti /
ārṣeya ṛṣiyogaḥ, chando gāyatryādi, daivatamagnyādi, brāhmaṇaṃ viniyogaḥ, etānyaviditāni yasminmantre tenetyarthaḥ /
sthāṇuṃ sthāvaraṃ, gartaṃ narakam /
tathāca jñānādhikaiḥ kalpāntaritaṃ vedaṃ smṛtvā vyavahārasya pravartitatvādvedasyānāditvamanapekṣatvaṃ cāvirūddhamiti bhāvaḥ /
adhunā samānanāmarūpatvaṃ prapañcayati- prāṇināṃ ceti /
tataḥ kiṃ, tatrāha-dṛṣṭeti /
aihikāmuṣmikaviṣayasukharāgakṛtarmasya phalaṃ paśvādikaṃ dṛṣṭapaśvādisadṛśyamiti yuktaṃ, visadṛśe kāmābhāvena hetvabhāvāt /
tathā dṛṣṭaduḥkhadveṣakṛtādharmaphalaṃ dṛṣṭasadṛśaduḥkhameva na sukhaṃ, kṛtahānyādidoṣāpatterityarthaḥ /
tarkiter'the mānamāha- smṛtiśceti /
uttarasṛṣṭiḥ pūrvasṛṣṭisajātīyā, karmaphalatvāt, pūrvasṛṣṭivadityanumānaṃ caśabdārthaḥ /
teṣāṃ prāṇināṃ madhye tānyeva tajjātīyānyeva /
tāni darśayan tatprāptau hetumāha- hiṃsreti /
karmaṇi vihitaniṣiddhatvākāreṇāpūrvaṃ, kriyātvena saṃskāraṃ ca janayanti /
tatrāpūrvātphalaṃ bhuṅkte, saṃskārabhāvitatvātpunastajjātīyāni karotītyarthaḥ /
saṃskāre liṅgamāha- tasmāditi /
saṃskāravaśādeva puṇyaṃ pāpaṃ vā rocate /
ato 'bhiruciliṅgātpuṇyāpuṇyasaṃskāro 'numeyaḥ /
sa eva svabhāvaḥ prakṛtirvāsaneti ca gīyate /
evaṃ karmaṇāṃ sṛṣṭisādṛśyamuktvā svopādāne līnakāryasaṃskārarūpaśaktibalādapi sādṛśyamāha- pralīyamānamiti /
itarathā niḥsaṃskārapralaye jagadvaicitryasyākasmikatvaṃ syādityarthaḥ /
nanu jagadvaicitryakāriṇyo 'nyāḥ śaktayaḥ kalpyantāṃ, tatrāha- naceti /
avidyāyāṃ līnakāryātmakasaṃskārādanyāḥ śaktayo na kalpyāḥ manābhāvādrauravācca /
svopādāne līnakāryarūpā śaktistu 'mahān nyagrodhastiṣṭhati' 'śraddhatsva somya'itiśrutisiddhā, ato 'vidyātatkāryādanyāḥ śaktayo na santi ātmāvidyaiva tacchaktiriti siddhānta ityarthaḥ /
nimitteṣvapyupādanasthaṃ kāryamevāvidyāghaṭanayā śaktiranyā vetyanāgrahaḥ /
upādāne kāryasaṃskārasiddheḥ phalamāha tataśceti /
yathā suptotthitasya pūrvacakṣurjātīyameva cakṣurjāyate tacca pūrvarūpajātīyameva rūpaṃ gṛhṇāti na rasādikaṃ, evaṃ bhogya lokā bhogāśrayāḥ prāṇinikāyā bhogahetukarmāṇi saṃskārabalātpūrvalokāditulyānyeveti niyama ityarthaḥ /
nikāyāḥ samūhāḥ /
dṛṣṭāntāsiddhimāśaṅkyamāha- na hīti /
yathā ṣaṣṭhendriyasya manaso 'sādhāraṇaviṣayo nāsti, sukādeḥ sākṣivedyatvāt, tathā vyavahārānyathātvamasadityarthaḥ /
ṣaṣṭhamindriyaṃ tadviṣayaścāsanniti vārthaḥ /
uktārthaṃ saṃkṣipati- ataśceti /
vyavahārasāmyātsaṃbhavācca vyavahriyamāṇā vyaktayaḥ samānā evetyarthaḥ /
sūtre yojayati- samānetyādinā /

bhāvidṛṣṭyā yajamāno 'gniḥ annādo 'ragnirahaṃ syāmiti kāmayitvā kṛttikānakṣatrābhimānidevāyāgnaye aṣṭasu kapāleṣu pacanīyaṃ havirniruptavānityarthaḥ /
nakṣatravyaktivahutvādbahuvacanam /
jhrnanu yajamāno 'gnirbhāvī uddeśyāgninā samānanāmarūpaḥ kalpāntare bhavati /
evaṃ 'rudro vā akāmayata''viṣṇurvā akāmayata'ityatrāpi tathā vaktavyaṃ, tadayuktam /
na hyagneriva viṣṇurudrayoradhikāripuruṣatvaṃ, tayorjagatkāraṇatvaśravaṇāt /
'eka eva rudro na'iti /
'eko viṣṇuḥ'ityādi śrutismṛtivirodhāditiṭasmṛtau vedeṣviti viṣayasaptamī /
śarvaryante pralayānte /
ṛtūnāṃ vasantādīnāṃ liṅgāni navapallavādini /
paryaye ghaṭīyantravadāvṛttau /
bhāvāḥ padārthāḥ tulyā iti śeṣaḥ /
tasmājjanmanāśavadvigrahāṅgīkāre 'pi karmaṇi śabde ca virodhābhāvāddevānāmasti vidyādhikāra iti sthitam

END BsCom_1,3.8.30
START BsCom_1,3.8.31
madhvādiṣv asaṃbhavād anadhikāraṃ jaiminiḥ | BBs_1,3.31 |
iha devādīnāmapi brahmavidyāyāmastyadhikāra iti yatpratijñātaṃ tatparyāvartyate /
devādīnāmanadhikāraṃ jaiminirācāryo manyante /
kasmāt /
madhvādiṣvasaṃbhavāt /
brahmavidyāyāmadhikārābhyupagame hi vidyātvāviśeṣānmadhvādividyāsvapyadhikāro 'bhyupagamyeta /
nacaivaṃ saṃbhavati /
katham /
'asau vā ādityo devamadhu' (chā. 3.1.1) ityatra manuṣyā ādityaṃ madhvadhyāsenopasīran /
devādiṣu hyupāsakeṣyabhyupagamyamāneṣvādityaḥ kamanyamādityamupāsīta /
punaścādityavyapāśrayāṇi pañca rohitādīnyamṛtānyupakramya vasavo rudrā ādityā marutaḥ sādhyāśca pañca devagaṇāḥ krameṇa tattatamṛtamupajīvantītyupadiśya 'sa ya etadevamamṛtaṃ veda vasūnāmevaiko bhūtvāgninaiva mukhenaitadevāmṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā tṛpyati' ityādinā vasvādyupajīvyānyamṛtāni vijānatāṃ vasvādimahimaprāptiṃ darśayati /
vasvādayastu kānanyānvasvādīnamṛtopajīvino vijānīyuḥ /
kaṃ vānyaṃ vasvādimahimānaṃ prepseyuḥ /
'tathā agniḥ pādo vāyuḥ pāda ādityaḥ pādo diśaḥ pādaḥ' (chā. 3.18.2), 'vāyurvāva saṃvargaḥ'' (chā. 4.3.1) 'ādityo brahmetyādeśaḥ' (chā. 3.11.1) ityādiṣu devatātmopāsaneṣu na teṣāmeva devatātmānamadhikāraḥ saṃbhavati /
tathā 'imāveva gotamabharadvājā vayameva gotamo 'yaṃ bharadvājaḥ' (bṛ. 2.2.4) ityādiṣvipyṛṣisaṃbandheṣūpāsaneṣu na teṣāmevarṣīṇāmadhikāraḥ saṃbhavati

FN: pañceti caturvedokarmāṇi praṇavaścati pañca kusumāni tebhyaḥ somājyādidravyāṇi hutāni rohitādīni lohitaṃ, śuklaṃ, kṛṣṇaṃ, paraṃ kṛṣṇaṃ, madhye kṣobhata iva, ityuktāni pañca rohitādīnyamṛtāni tattanmantrabhāgaiḥ prāgādyūrdhvāntapañcadigavasthitābhirādityaraśmināḍībhirmadhvaṣūpasthitacchidrarūpābhirādityamaṇḍalamānītāni yaśastejaindriyavīryānnātmanā pariṇatāni pañcadikṣu sthitairvasvādibhirupajīvyānīti dhyāyanto vasvādiprāptiruktetyarthaḥ /
ākṣipati- madhvādiṣviti /
brahmavidyā devādīnnādhikaroti, vidyātvāt, madhvādividyāvadityarthaḥ //
dṛṣṭāntaṃ vivṛṇoti- kathamityādinā /
dyulokākhyavaṃśadaṇḍe antarikṣarūpe madhvapūpe sthita ādityo devānāṃ modanānmadhviva madhvityāropya dhyānaṃ kāryam /
tatrādityasyādhikāro na yuktaḥ, dhyātṛdhyeyabhedābhāvādityāha- devādiṣviti /
astu vasvādīnāṃ tatrādhikāra ityāśaṅkya teṣāmapi tatra dhyeyatvātprāpyatvācca na dhyātṛtvamityāha- punaśceti /
caturvedoktakarmāṇi praṇavaśceti pañca kusumāni, tebhyaḥ somājyādidravyāṇi hutāni lohitaśuklakṛṣṇaparaḥ kṛṣṇagopyākhyāni pañcāmṛtāni tattanmantrabhāgaiḥ prāgādyūrdhvāntarapañcādigavasthitābhirādityaraśmināḍībhirmadhvapūpasthitacchidrarūpābhirādityamaṇḍalamānītāni yaśastejaindriyavīryānnātmanā pariṇatāni pañcadikṣu sthitairvasvādibhirūpajīvyānīti dhyāyato vasvādiprāptiruktetyarthaḥ /
sūtrasthādipadārthamāha- tathāgniriti /
ākāśabrahmaṇaścatvāraḥ pādāḥ, dvau karṇau, dve netre, dve nāsike, ekā vāgiti saptasvindriyeṣu śiraścamasatīrastheṣu saptarṣidhyānaṃ kāryamityāha- tathemāveveti /
atha dakṣiṇaḥ karṇaḥ gautamaḥ, vāmo bhāradvājaḥ, evaṃ dakṣiṇanetranāsike viśvāmitravasiṣṭhau, vāme jamadagnikaśyapau, vāgatrirityarthaḥ /
atra ṛṣīṇāṃ dhyeyatvānnādhikāraḥ

END BsCom_1,3.8.31
START BsCom_1,3.8.32
kutaśca devādīnāmadhikāraḥ -
jyotiṣi bhāvāc ca | BBs_1,3.32 |
yadidaṃ jyotirmaṇḍalaṃ dyusthānamahorātrābhyāṃ bambhramajjagadavabhāsayati tasminnādityādayo devatāvacanāḥ śabdāḥ prayujyante /
lokaprasiddharvākyaśeṣaprasiddheśca /
naca jyotirmaṇḍalasya hṛdayādinā vigraheṣu cetanayārthitvādinā vā yogo 'vagantuṃ śakyate mṛtādivadacetanatvāvagamāt /
etenāgnyādayo vyākhyātāḥ /
syādetat /
mantrārthavādetihāsapurāṇalokebhyo devādānāṃ vigrahavattvādyavagamādayamadoṣa iti /
netyucyate /
nahi tāvalloko nāma kiñcitsvatantraṃ pramāṇamasti /
pratyakṣādibhya eva hyavicāritaviśeṣebhyaḥ pramāṇebhyaḥ prasiddhyanartho lokātprasidhyatītyucyate /
nacātra pratyakṣādīnāmanyatamaṃ pramāṇamasti /
itihāsapurāṇamapi pauruṣeyatvātpramāṇāntaramūlamākāṅkṣati /
arthavādā api vidhinaikavākyatvātstutyarthāḥ santo na pārthagarthyena devādīnāṃ vigrahādisadbhāve kāraṇabhāvaṃ pratipadyante /
mantrā api śrutyādiviniyuktāḥ prayogasamavāyino 'bhidhānārthā na kasyacidarthasya pramāṇamityācakṣate /
tasmādabhāvo devādīnāmadhikārasya

FN: 'vajrahastaḥ purandaraḥ' ityādayo mantrāḥ 'so 'rodīt' ityādayor'thavādāḥ, 'iṣṭānbhogānhi vo devā' ityādītihāsapurāṇāni, loke 'pi yamaṃ daṇḍahastaṃ, indraṃ vajrahastaṃ, likhantīti vigrahādipañcakasadbhāvādanadhikāradoṣo nāstītyarthaḥ /
'vigraho haviṣāṃ bhoga aiśvaryaṃ ca prasannatā /
phalapradānamityetatpañcakam vigrahādikam' iti /
kiñca vigrahābhāvāddevādīnāṃ na kvāpyadhikāra ityāha- jyotiṣi bhāvācceti /
ādityaḥ sūryaścandraḥ śukro 'ṅgāraka ityādiśabdānāṃ jyotiḥpiṇḍeṣu prayogasya bhāvātsattvānna vigrahavāndevaḥ kaścidastītyarthaḥ /
'ādityaḥ purastādudetā paścādastametā'iti madhuvidyāvākyaśeṣe jyotiṣyevādityaśabdaḥ prasiddhaḥ /
tarhi jyotiḥpiṇḍānāmevādhikāro 'stu, tatrāha- na ceti /
agnyādīnāmadhikāramāśaṅkyāha- eteneti /
agnirvāyurbhūmirityādiśabdānāmacetanavācitvenetyarthaḥ /
siddhāntī śaṅkate- syādetadityādinā /
'vajrahastaḥ purandaraḥ'ityādayo mantrāḥ /
'so 'rodīt'ityādayor'thavādāḥ /
'iṣṭānbhogānhi vo devā dāsyante yajñabhāvitāḥ /
' 'te tṛptāstarpayantyenaṃ sarvakāmaphalaiḥ śubhaiḥ /
'ityādītihāsapurāṇāni /
loke 'pi yamaṃ daṇḍahastaṃ likhanti, indraṃ vajrahastamiti vigrahādipañcakasadbhāvādhanadhikāradoṣo nāstītyarthaḥ /
vigraho haviṣāṃ bhoga aiśvaryaṃ ca prasannatā /
phalapradānamityetatpañcakaṃ vigrahādikam //
'mānābhāvādetannāstīti dūṣayati- netyādinā /
na cātreti /
vigrahādāvityarthaḥ /
ārthavādā mantrā vā mūlamityāśaṅkyāha- arthavādā ityādinā /
vrīhyādivadprayogavidhigṛhītā mantrāḥ prayogasaṃbanddhābhidhānārthā nājñātavigrahādiparā iti mīmāṃsakā ācakṣata ityarthaḥ /
tasmāt vigrahābhāvādityarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.8.32
START BsCom_1,3.8.33
bhāvaṃ tu bādarāyaṇo 'sti hi | BBs_1,3.33 |
tuśabdaḥ pūrvapakṣaṃ vyavartayati /
bādarāyaṇastvācāryo bhāvamadhikārasya devādīnāmapi manyante /
yadyapi madhvādividyāsu devatādivyāmiśrāsvāsaṃbhavo 'dhikārasya tathāpyasti hi śuddhāyāṃ brahmavidyāyāṃ saṃbhavaḥ /
arthitvasāmarthyapratiṣedhādyapekṣatvādadhikārasya /
naca kvacidasaṃbhava ityetāvatā yatra saṃbhavastatrāpyadhikāro 'podyeta /
manuṣyāṇāmapi na sarveṣāṃ brāhmaṇādīnāṃ sarveṣu rājasūyādiṣvadhikāraḥ saṃbhavati /
tatra yo nyāyaḥ so 'trāpi bhaviṣyati /
brahmavidyāṃ ca prakṛtya bhavati darśanaṃ śrautaṃ devādyadhikārasya sūcakam- 'tadyo yo devānāṃ pratyabudhyata sa eva tadabhavattatharṣīṇāṃ tathā manuṣyāṇām' (bṛ. 1.4.10) iti /
'te hocurhanta tamātmānamanvicchāmo yamātmānamanviṣya sarvāṃśca lokānāpnoti sarvāṃśca kāmān' iti /
'indro ha vai devānāmabhipravrāja virocana'surāṇām' (chā. 8.7.2) ityādi ca /
samārtamapi gandharvayājñavalkyasaṃvādādi /
yadapyuktaṃ jyotiṣi bhāvācceti /
atra brūmaḥ jyotirādiviṣayā api ādityādayo devatāvacanāḥ śabdāścetanāvantamaiśvaryādyupetaṃ taṃ taṃ devatātmānaṃ samarpayanti, mantrārthavādādiṣu tathā vyavahārāt /
asti hyaiśvaryayogāddevatānāṃ jyotirādyātmabhiścāvasthātuṃ yatheṣṭaṃ ca taṃ taṃ vigrahaṃ grahītuṃ sāmarthyam /
tathāhi śrūyate subrahmaṇyārthavāde- medhātithermeṣeti /
'medhātithiṃ ha kāṇvāyanamindro meṣo bhūtvā jahāra' (ṣaḍviṃśa. brā. 1.1) iti /
smaryate ca- 'ādityaḥ puruṣo bhūtvā kuntīmupajagāma ha' iti /
mṛdādiṣvapi cetanā adhiṣṭhitāro 'bhyupagamyante- mṛdabravīdāpobruvannityādidarśanāt /
jyotirādestu bhūtadhātorādityādiṣvacetanatvamabhyupagamyate /
cetanāstvadhiṣṭhitāro devatātmano mantrārthavādādivyavahārādityuktam /
yadapyuktaṃ mantrārthavādayoranyāyārthatvānna devatāvigrahādiprakāśanasāmarthyamiti /
atra brūmaḥ - pratyayāpratyayau hi sadbhāvāsadbhāvayoḥ kāraṇaṃ, nānyarthatvamananyārthatvaṃ vā /
tathāhyanyārthamapi prasthitaḥ pathi patitaṃ tṛṇaparṇādyastītyeva pratipadyate /
atrāha- viṣama upanyāsaḥ /
tatra hi tṛṇaparṇādiviṣayaṃ pratyakṣaṃ pravṛttamasti yena tadastitvaṃ pratipadyate /
atra punarvidhyuddeśaikavākyabhāvena stutyarther'thavādena pārthagarthyena vṛttāntaviṣayā pravṛttiḥ śakyādhyavasātum /
nahi 'na surāṃ pibet' iti nañvati vākye padatrayasaṃbandhātsurāpānapratiṣedha evaikor'tho 'vagamyate /
na punaḥ surāṃ pibediti padadvayasaṃbandhātsurāpānavidhirapīti /
atrocyate- viṣama upanyāsaḥ /
yuktaṃ yatsurāpānapratiṣedhe padānvayasyaikatvādavāntaravākyārthasyāgrahaṇam /
vidhyuddeśārthavādayostvarthavādasthāni padāni pṛthaganvayavṛttāntaviṣayaṃ pratipadyānantaraṃ kaimarthyavaśena kāmaṃ vidheḥ stāvakatvaṃ pratipadyante /
yathāhi- 'vāyavyaṃ śvetamālabheta bhūtikāmaḥ' ityatra vidhyuddeśavartināṃ vāyavyādipadānāṃ vidhinā saṃbandhaḥ, naivaṃ 'vāyurvai kṣepiṣṭhā devatā vāyumeva svena bhāgadheyenopadhāvati sa evainaṃ bhūtiṃ gamayati' ityeṣāmarthavādagatānāṃ padānām /
nahi bhavati vāyurvā ālabheteti kṣepiṣṭhā devatā vā ālabhetetyādi /
vāyusvabhāvasaṃkīrtanena tvavāntaramanvayaṃ pratipadyaivaṃ viśiṣṭadaivatyamidaṃ karmeti vidhiṃ stuvanti /
tadyatra so 'vāntaravākyārthaḥ pramāṇāntaragocaro bhavati tatra tadanuvādenarthavādaḥ pravartate /
yatra pramāṇāntaraviruddhastatra guṇavādena /
yatra tu tadubhayaṃ nāsti tatra kiṃ pramāṇāntarābhāvādguṇavādaḥ syādāhosvitpramāṇāntarāvirodhādvidyamānavāda iti pratītiśaraṇairvidyamānavāda āśrayaṇīyo na guṇavādaḥ /
etena mantro vyākhyātaḥ /
apica vidhibhirevendrādidaivatyāni havīṃṣi codayadbhirapekṣitamindrādīnāṃ svarūpam /
nahi svarūparahitā indrādayaścetasyāropayituṃ śakyante /
naca cetasyanārūḍhāyai tasyai tasyai devatāyai haviḥ pradātuṃ śakyate /
śrāvayati ca- 'yasyai devatāyai havirgṛhītaṃ syāttāṃ dhyāyedvaṣaṭkariṣyan' (ai.brā. 3.8.1) iti /
naca śabdamātramarthasvarūpaṃ saṃbhavati, śabdārthayorbhedāt /
tatra yādṛśaṃ mantrārthavādayorindrādīnāṃ svarūpamavagataṃ na tattādṛśaṃ śabdapramāṇakena pratyākhyatuṃ yuktam /
itihāsapurāṇamapi vyākhyātena mārgeṇa saṃbhavanmantrārthavādamūlatvātprabhavati devatāvigrahādi sādhayitim /
pratyakṣādimūlamapi saṃbhavati /
bhavati hyasmākamapratyakṣamapi cirantanānāṃ pratyakṣam /
tathāca vyāsādayo devādibhiḥ pratyakṣaṃ vyavaharantīti smaryate /
yastu brūyādidānīntanānāmiva pūrveṣāmapi nāsti devādibhirvyavahartuṃ sāmarthyamiti sa jagadvaicitryaṃ pratiṣedhet /
idānīmiva ca nānyadapi sārvabhaumaḥ kṣatriyo 'stīti brūyāt /
tataśca rājasūyādicodanoparundhyāt /
idānīmiva ca kālāntare 'pyavyavasthitaprāyānvarṇāśramadharmānpratijānīta /
tataśca vyavasthāvidhāyi śāstramanarthakaṃ syāt /
tasmāddharmotkarṣavaśāccirantanā devādibhiḥ pratyakṣaṃ vyavajahnuriti śliṣyate /
apica smaranti- 'svādhyāyādiṣṭadevatāsaṃprayogaḥ' (yo.sū. 2.44) ityādi /
yogo 'pyaṇimādyaiśvaryarprāptiphalaḥ smaryamāṇo na śakyate sāhasamātreṇa pratyākhyātum /
śrutiśca yogamāhātmyaṃ prakhyāpayati- 'pṛthivyaptejo 'nilakhe samutthite pañcātmake yogaguṇe pravṛtte /
na tasya rogo na jarā na mṛtyuḥ prāptasya yogāgnimayaṃ śarīram'' (śvaṃ. 2.12) iti /
ṛṣīṇāmapi mantrabrāhmaṇadarśināṃ sāmarthyaṃ nāsmadīyena sāmarthyenopamātuṃ yuktam /
tasmātsamūlamitihāsapurāṇam /
lokaprasiddhirapi na sati saṃbhave nirālambanādhyavasātuṃ yuktā /
tasmādupapanno mantrādibhyo devādīnāṃ vigrahavattvādyavagamaḥ /
tataścārthitvādisaṃbhavādupapanno devādīnāmapi brahmavidyāyāmadhikāraḥ /
kramamuktidarśanānyapyevamevopapadyante

FN: yataḥ sarveṣāṃ sarvatrādhikāro na saṃbhavati tato na cāpodyetetyanvayaḥ /
tadbrahma yo devānāṃ madhye pratyaktvenābudhyata /
ādigrahaṇenetihāsapurāṇadharmaśāstrāṇi gṛhyante /
vidhyuddeśo vidhivākyaṃ tadekavākyatayā /
vṛttānto bhūtārthaḥ /
śliṣyate yujyate /
mantrajapāddevatāsāṃnidhyaṃ tatsaṃbhāṣaṇaṃ ceti sūtrārthaḥ /
sūtrābhyāṃ prāptaṃ pūrvapakṣaṃ nirasyati- tuśabda ityādinā /
brahmavidyā devādīnnādhikaroti, vidyātvāt, madhvādividyāvaditi uktaheturaprayojaka ityāha- yadyapīti /
darśādikaṃ, na brāhmaṇamadhikaroti, karmatvāt, rājasūyādivaditi ābhāsasāmyaṃ vidyātvahetorāha- naceti /
yatra yasyādhikāraḥ saṃbhavati sa tatrādhikārīti nyāyastulya ityarthaḥ /
yataḥ sarveṣāṃ sarvatrādhikāro na saṃbhavati tato na cāpodyetatyanvayaḥ /
tadbrahma yo yo devādīnāṃ madhye pratyaktvenābudhyata sa tadbrahmābhavadityarthaḥ /
te ha devā ūcuranyonyaṃ, tata indravirocanau surāsurarājau prajāpatiṃ brahmavidyāpradaṃ jagmaturiti ca liṅgamastītyarthaḥ /
kimatra brahmāmṛtamiti gandharvapraśne yājñavalkya uvāca tamiti mokṣadharmeṣu śrutaṃ devādīnāmadhikāraliṅgamityāha- smārtamiti /
yathā bālānāṃ golakeṣu cakṣurādipadaprayoge 'pi śāstrajñairgolakātiriktendriyāṇi svīkriyante, yathā jyotirādau sūryādiśabdaprayoge 'pi vigrahavaddevatā svīkāryā ityāha- jyotirādīti /
tathā cetanatvena vyavahārādityarthaḥ /
ekasya jaḍacetanobhayarūpatvaṃ kathaṃ, tatrāha- astihīti /
tathāhi vigrahavattayā devavyavahāraḥśrūyate /
subrahmaṇya udgātṛgaṇastha ṛtvik tatsaṃbandhī yor'thavādaḥ 'indra, agaccha'ityādiḥ /
tatra medhātithermeṣa, itīndrasaṃbodhanaṃ śrutaṃ, tadvyācaṣṭe- meveti /
muniṃ meṣo bhūtvā jahāreti jñāpanārthaṃ meṣa, itīndrasaṃbodhanamityarthaḥ /
yaduktamādityādayo mṛdādivadacetanā eveti, tanna, sarvatra jaḍajaḍāṃśadvayasattvādityāha- mṛditi /
ādityādau ko jaḍabhāgaḥ kaścetanāṃśa iti, tatrāha- jyotirādestviti /
mantrādikaṃ padaśaktyā bhāsamānavigrahādau svārthe na pramāṇaṃ, anyaparatvāt, viṣaṃ bhuṅkṣveti vākyavadityāha- yadapīti /
anyaparādapi vākyādbādhābhāve svārtho grāhya ityāha- atra brūma iti /
tātparyaśūnye 'pyarthe pratyayamātreṇāstitvamudāharati- tathāhīti /
tṛṇādau pratyayo 'sti vigrahādau sa nāstīti vaiṣamyaṃ śaṅkate- atrāheti /
vidhyuddeśo vidhivākyaṃ, tadekavākyatayā praśasto vidhirityevārthavādeṣu pratyayaḥ /
vṛttānto bhūtārthaḥ /
vigrahādiḥ tadviṣayaḥ pratyayo nāstītyarthaḥ /
nanvavāntaravākyena vigrahādipratyayo 'stvityata āha- nahīti /
surāpānapratyayo 'pi syāditi bhāvaḥ /
padaikavākyatvavākyaikavākyatvavaiṣamyānmaivamityāha- atrocyata iti /
nañpadamekaṃ yadā surāṃ pibediti padābhyāmanveti tadā padaikavākyamekamevārthānubhavaṃ karoti natu padadvayaṃ pṛthaksurāpānaṃ bodhayati, tasya vidhau niṣedhānupapattervākyārthānubhavaṃ pratyadvāratvāt /
arthavādastu bhūtārthasaṃsargaṃ stutidvāraṃ bodhayanvidhinā vākyaikavākyatāṃ bhajata ityasti vigrahādyanubhava ityarthaḥ /
nanvarthavādasthapadānāmavāntarasaṃsargabodhakatvaṃ vinā sākṣādeva vidhyanvayo 'stu tatrāha- yathā hīti /
sākṣādanvayāyogaṃ darśayati- na hīti /
arthavādātsarvatra svārthagrahaṇamāśaṅkyārthavādānvibhajate- tadyatreti /
tattatrārthavādeṣu yatra 'agnirhimasya bheṣajam'ityādāvityarthaḥ /
'ādityo yūpaḥ'ityabhedo bādhita iti tejasvitvādiguṇavādaḥ /
yatra 'vajrahastaḥ purandaraḥ'ityādau mānāntarasaṃvādavisaṃvādau na stastatra bhūtārthavāda ityarthaḥ /
iti vimṛśyetyadhyāhāraḥ /
vigrahārtavādaḥ svārthe 'pi tātparyavān'anyaparatve satyajñātābādhitārthakaśabdatvāt, prayājādivākyavaditi nyāyaṃ mantreṣvatidiśati- eteneti /
vedāntānuvādaguṇavādānāṃ nirāsāya hetau padāni /
na cobhyaparatve vākyabhedaḥ, avāntarārthasya mahāvākyārthatvāditi bhāvaḥ /
vidhyanupapattyāpi svargavaddevatāvigraho 'ṅgīkārya ityāha- apiceti /
nanu kleśātmake karmaṇi vidhiḥ phalaṃ vinānupapanna iti bhavatu 'yanna duḥkhena saṃbhinnam'ityarthavādasiddhaḥ svargo vidhipramāṇakaḥ /
vigrahaṃ vinā vidheḥ kānupapattiḥ, tāmāha- na hīti /
uddiśya tyāgānupapattyā cetasyāroho 'ṅgīkārya ityatra śrutimapyāha- yasyā iti /
ataścetasyārohārthaṃ vigraha eṣṭavyaḥ /
kiñca karmaprakaraṇapāṭhādvigrahapramitiḥ prayājavatkarmāṅgatvenāṅgīkāryā, tāṃ vinā karmāpūrvāsiddheḥ /
kiñca suprasannavigrahavaddevatāṃ tyaktvā śabdamātraṃ devateti bhaktirayuktetyāha- naca śabdeti /
na cākṛtimātraṃ śabdaśakyamastu kiṃ vigraheṇeti vācyaṃ, nirvyaktyākṛtyayogāt /
ataḥ śabdasyārthākāṅkṣāyāṃ mantrādipramitavigraho 'ṅgīkārya ityāha- tatreti /
evaṃ mantrārthavādamūlakamitihāsādikamapi vigrahe mānamityāha- itihāseti /
pramāṇatvena saṃbhavadityarthaḥ /
vyāsādīnāṃ yogināṃ devatādipratyakṣamapītihāsādermūlamityāha- pratyakṣeti /
vyāsādayo devādipratyakṣaśūnyāḥ, prāṇitvāt, asmadvadityanumānamatiprasaṅgena dūṣayati- yastvityādinā /
sarvaṃ ghaṭābhinnaṃ, vastutvāt, ghaṭavaditi jagadvaicitryaṃ nāstītyapi sa brūyāt /
tathā kṣatriyābhāvaṃ varṇāśramābhāvaṃ varṇāśramādyavyavasthāṃ ca brūyāt, niraṅkuśabuddhitvāt /
tathāca rājasūyādiśāstrasya kṛtādiyugadharmavyavasthāśāstrasya bādha ityarthaḥ /
yogasūtrārthādapi devādipratyakṣasiddhirityāha- apiceti /
mantrajapāddevatāsāṃnidhyaṃ tatsaṃbhāṣaṇaṃ ceti sūtrārthaḥ /
yogamahātmyasya śrutismṛtisiddhatvādyogināmasti devādipratyakṣamityāha- yoga iti /
pādatalādājānorjānorānābhernābherāgrīvaṃ grīvāyāścākeśaprarohaṃ tataścabrahmarandhraṃ pṛthivyādipañcake samutthite dhāraṇayā jite yogaguṇe cāṇimādike pravṛtte yogābhivyaktaṃ tejomayaṃ śarīraṃ prāptasya yogino na rogādisparśa ityarthaḥ /
citrakārādiprasiddhirapi vigrahe mānamityāha- loketi /
adhikaraṇārthamupasaṃharati- tasmāditi /
cintāyāḥ phalamāha- krameti /
ekameva devādīnāṃ brahmavidyādhikāre satyeva devatyaprāptidvārā kramamuktiphalānyupāsanāni yujyante /
devānāmanadhikāre jñānābhāvātkramamuktyarthināmupāsaneṣu pravṛttirna syāt, ato 'dhikāranirṇayātpravṛttisiddhiriti bhāvaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.8.33
START BsCom_1,3.9.34
apaśūdrādhikaraṇam / sū. 34-38
śugasya tadanādaraśravaṇāt tadādravaṇāt sūcyate hi | BBs_1,3.34 |
yathā manuṣyādhikāraniyamamapodya devādīnāmapi vidyāsvadhikāra uktastathaiva dvijātyadhikāraniyamāpavādena śūdrasyāpyadhikāraḥ syādityetāmāśaṅkāṃ nivartayitumidamadhikaraṇamārabhyate /
tatra śūdrasyāpyadhikāraḥ syādasti tāvatprāptam /
arthitvasāmarthyayoḥ saṃbhavāt /
'tasmācchūdroyajñe 'navakḷptaḥ' (tai.saṃ. 8.1.1.6) itivat 'śūdro vidyāyāmanavakḷptaḥ' iti ca niṣedhāśravaṇāt /
yacca karmasvanadhikārakāraṇaṃ śūdrasyānagnitvaṃ na tadvidyāsvavikārasyāpavādakaṃ liṅgam /
nahyāhavanīyādirahitena vidyā vedituṃ na śakyate /
bhavati ca liṅgaṃ śūdrādhikārasyopoddhalakam /
saṃvargavidyāyāṃ hi jānaśrutiṃ pautrāyaṇaṃ śuśrūṣuṃ śūdraśabdena parāmṛśati- 'aha hāretvā śūdra tavaiva saha gobhirastu' (chāṃ 4.2.3) iti /
viduraprabhṛtayaśca śūdrayoniprabhavā api viśiṣṭavijñānasaṃpannāḥ smaryante /
tasmādadhikriyate śūdro vidyāsviti /
evaṃ prāpte brūmaḥ - na śūdrasyādhikāraḥ, vedādhyayanābhāvāt /
adhītavedo hi viditavedārtho vedārtheṣvadhikriyate /
naca śūdrasya vedādhyayanamasti, upanayanapūrvakatvādvedādhyayanasya /
upanayanasya ca varṇatrayaviṣayatvāt /
yattvarthitvaṃ na tadasati sāmarthye 'dhikārakāraṇaṃ bhavati /
sāmarthyamapi na lokikaṃ kevalamadhikārakāraṇaṃ bhavati /
śāstrīyer'the śāstrīyasya sāmarthyasyāpekṣitatvāt /
śāstrīyasya ca sāmarthyasyādhyayananirākaraṇena nirākṛtatvāt /
yaccedaṃ 'śūdro yajñe 'navakḷptaḥ' iti tannyāyapūrvakatvādvidyāyāmapyanavakḷptatvaṃ dyotayati, nyāyasya sādhāraṇatvāt /
yatpunaḥ saṃvargavidyāyāṃ śūdraśabdaśravaṇaṃ liṅgaṃ manyase, na talliṅgaṃ nyāyābhāvāt /
nyāyokte hi liṅgadarśanaṃ dyotakaṃ bhavati /
nacātra nyāyo 'sti /
kāmaṃ cāyaṃ śūdraśabdaḥ saṃvargavidyāyāmevaikasyāṃ śūdramadhikuryāt, tadviṣayatvāt, na sarvāsu vidyāsu /
arthavādasthāttu na kvacidapyayaṃ śūdramadhikartumutsahate /
śakyate cāyaṃ śūdraśabdo 'dhikṛtavaṣayo yojayitum /
kathamityucyate- 'kambara enametatsantaṃ sayugvānamiva raikvamāttha'' (chā. 4.1.3) ityasmāddhaṃsavākyādātmano 'nādaraṃ śrutavato jānaśruteḥ pautrāyaṇasya śugutpede, tāmṛṣīraikvaḥ śūdraśabdenānena sūcayaṃbabhūvātmanaḥ parokṣajñatākhyāpanāyeti gamyate /
jātiśūdrasyānadhikārāt /
kathaṃ punaḥ śūdraśabdena śugutpannā sūcyata iti /
ucyate- tadādravaṇāt /
śucamabhidudrāva, śucā vābhidudruve, śucā vā raikvamabhidudrāveti śūdraḥ /
avayavārthasaṃbhavādrūḍhārthasya cāsaṃbhavāt /
dṛśyate cāyamartho 'syāmākhyāyikāyām

FN: anavakḷpto 'samarthaḥ tasmādanagnitvāt /
aheti nipātaḥ khedārthaḥ /
hāreṇa niṣkeṇa itvāgantā ratho hāretvā saca gobhiḥ saha he śūdra, tavaivāstu kimalpenānena mama gārhyasthyānupayogineti bhāvaḥ /
yajñetyupalakṣaṇaṃ vidyāyāmanavakḷpta ityasya /
'niṣādasthapatiṃ yājayet' iti niṣādasthapatiścodyate, śūdraḥ saṃvargavidyāyām /
kaṃ u are iti padacchedaḥ /
u śabdopyarthaḥ /
yugvā gantrī śakaṭī tathā saha sthitaṃ raikvamivaitadvacanamāttha /
śugasya-sūcyate hi /
pūrveṇāsya dṛṣṭāntasaṃgatimāha- yatheti /
pūrvatra devādīnāmadhikārasidhyaryaṃ mantrādīnāṃ bhūtārthe vigrahādau samanvayoktyā vedāntānāmapi bhūtārthe brahmaṇi samanvayo dṛḍhīkṛtaḥ /
atrāpi śūdraśabdasya śrautasya kṣatriye samanvayoktyā sa dṛḍhīkriyata ityadhikaraṇadvayasya prāsaṅgikasyāsminsamanvayādhyāye 'ntarbhāva iti mantavyam /
pūrvapakṣe śūdrasyāpi dvijavadvedāntaśravaṇe pravṛttiḥ, siddhānte tadabhāva iti phalam //
atra vedāntavicāro viṣayaḥ, sa kiṃ śūdramadhikīroti na veti saṃbhavāsaṃbhavābhyāṃ saṃdehe pūrvapakṣamāha- tatra śūdrasyāpītyādinā /
tasmādanagnitvādanavalkṛpto 'samarthaḥ /
vidyārthini śūdraśabdaprayogālliṅgādapi śūdrasyādhikāra ityāha-bhavati ceti /
jānaśrutiḥ kila ṣaṭ śatāni gavāṃ rathaṃ ca raikāya gurave nivedya māṃ śikṣayetyuvāca /
tato raiko vidhuraḥ kanyārthī sannidamuvāca /
aheti nipātaḥ khedārthaḥ /
hāreṇa niṣkeṇa yukta itvā gantā ratho hāretvā sa ca gobhiḥ saha he śūdra, tavaivāstu kimalpenānena mama gārhasthyānupayogineti bhāvaḥ /
arthitvādisaṃbhave śreyaḥsādhane pravṛttirucitā svābhāvikatvāditi nyāyopetālliṅgādityāha- tasmāditi /
sūtrādbahireva siddhāntayati- na śūdrasyādhikāra ityādinā /
āpātato vidito vedārtho yena tasyetyarthaḥ /
adhyayanavidhinā saṃskṛto vedastadutthamāpātajñānaṃ ca vedārthavicāreṣu śāstrīyaṃ sāmarthyaṃ tadabhāvācchūdrasyārthitvādisaṃbhavanyāyāsiddhernāsti vedāntavicārādhikāra ityarthaḥ /
yadvādhyayanasaṃskṛtena vedena vidito niścito vedārtho yena tasya vedārtheṣu vidhiṣvadhikāro nānyasya, anadhītavedasyāpi vedārthānuṣṭhānādhikāre 'dhyayanavidhivaiyarthyāpātāt /
ataḥ phalaparyantabrahmavidyāsādhaneṣu śravaṇādividhiṣu śūdrasyānadhikāra ityarthaḥ /
adhītavedārthajñānavattvarūpasyādhyayanavidhilabhyasya sāmarthyasyābhāvāditi nyāyasya tulyatvāt, yajñapadaṃ vedārthāpalakṣaṇārthamityāha- nyāyasya sādhāraṇatvāditi /
tasmācchūdra iti tacchabdaparāmṛṣṭanyāyasya yajñabrahmavidyayostulyatvādityarthaḥ /
pūrvoktaṃ liṅgaṃ dūṣayati- yaditi /
asāmarthyanyāyenārthitvādisaṃbhavanyāyasya nirastatvādityarthaḥ /
nanu 'niṣādasthapatiṃ yājayet'ityatrādhyayanābhāvo 'pi niṣādaśabdānniṣādasyeṣṭāviva śūdraśabdācchūdrasya vidyāyāmadhikāro 'stvityāśaṅkya saṃvargavidyāyāmadhikāramaṅgīkaroti- kāmamiti /
tadviṣayatvāttatra śrutatvādityarthaḥ /
vastutastu vidhivākyasthatvānniṣādaśabdo 'pyadhikārisamarpakaḥ, śūdraśabdastu vidyāvidhiparārthavādastho nādhikāriṇaṃ bodhayati, asāmarthyanyāyavirodhenānyaparaśabdasya svārthabodhitvāsaṃbhavāditi matvāṅgīkāraṃ tyajati- arthavādeti /
tarhi śūdraśabdasyātra śrutasya kor'tha ityāśaṅkya sūtreṇārthamāha- śakyate cetyādinā /
jānaśrutirnāma rājā nidāghasamaye rātrau prāsādatale suṣvāpa, tadā tadīyānnadānādiguṇagaṇatoṣitā ṛṣayo 'sya hitārthaṃ haṃsā bhūtvā mālārūpeṇa tasyoparyājagmuḥ, teṣu pāścātyo haṃso 'gresaraṃ haṃsamuvāca, bho bho bhadrākṣa, kiṃ na paśyasi jānaśruterasya tejaḥ svargaṃ vyāpya sthitaṃ, tattvāṃ dhakṣyati na gaccheti /
tamagresara uvāca, kamapyenaṃ varākaṃ vidyāhīnaṃ santam, are, sayugvānaṃ yugva gantrī śakaṭī tayā saha sthitaṃ raikvamivaitadvacanamāttha /
raikvasya hi brahmiṣṭhasya tejo duratikramaṃ nāsyānātmajñasyetyarthaḥ /
asmadvacanakhinno rājā śakaṭaliṅgena raikaṃ jñātvā vidyāvānbhaviṣyatīti haṃsānāmabhiprāyaḥ /
kaṃ u are iti padacchedaḥ /
uśabdo 'pyarthaḥ /
teṣāṃ haṃsānāmanādaravākyaśravaṇādasya rājñaḥ śugutpannā, sā śūdraśabdena raikveṇa sūcyate hīti sūtrānvayaḥ /
śrutayaugikārthalābhe sati ananvitarūḍhyarthastyājya iti nyāyadyotanārtho hiśabdaḥ /
tadādravaṇāt tayā śucā ādravaṇāt /
śūdraḥ śokaṃ prāptavān /
śucā vā kartryā rājābhidudruve prāptaḥ /
śucā vā karaṇena raikvaṃ gatavānityarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.9.34
START BsCom_1,3.9.35
kṣatriyatvagateś cottaratra caitrarathena liṅgāt | BBs_1,3.35 |
itaśca na jātiśūdro jānaśrutiḥ /
yatkāraṇaṃ prakaraṇanirūpaṇena kṣatriyatvamasyottaratra caitrarathenābhipratāriṇā kṣatriyeṇa samabhivyāhārādgamyate /
uttaratra hi saṃvargavidyāvākyaśeṣe caitrarathirabhipratārī kṣatriyaḥ saṃkīrtyate- ' atha ha śaunakaṃ ca kapoyamabhipratāraṇaṃ ca kākṣaseniṃ pariviṣyamāṇau brahmacārī vibhikṣe' (chā. 4.3.5) iti /
caitrarathitvaṃ cābhipratāriṇaḥ kāpeyayogādavagantavyam /
kāpeyayogo hi citrarathasyāvagataḥ 'etena vai citrarathaṃ kāpeyā ayājayan' (tāṇḍa.brā. 20.12.5) iti /
samānānvayānāṃ ca prāyeṇa samānānvayā yājakā bhavanti /
'tasmāccaitrarathirnāmakaḥ kṣatrapatirajāyata' iti ca kṣatrapatitvāvagamātkṣatriyatvamasyāvagantavyam /
tena kṣatriyeṇābhipratāriṇā saha samānāyāṃ vidyayāyāṃ saṃkīrtanaṃ jānaśruterapi kṣatriyatvaṃ sūcayati /
samānānāmeva hi prāyeṇa samabhivyāhārā bhavanti /
kṣattṛpreṣaṇādyaiśvaryayogācca jānaśruteḥ kṣatriyatvāvagatiḥ /
ato na śūdrasyādhikāraḥ

FN: saṃvargavidyāvidhyanantaramarthavādārambhārtho 'thābdaḥ /
ha śabdo vṛttāntāvadyotī /
śunakaputraṃ kapigotraṃ purohitamabhipratārināmakam /
kṣattā sūtastasya raikvānveṣaṇāya preṣaṇam /
śūdraśabdasya yaugikatve liṅgamāha- kṣatriyatveti /
saṃvargavidyāvidhyanantaramarthavāda ārabhyate /
śunakasyāpatyaṃ kapigotraṃ purohitamabhipratārināmakaṃ rājānaṃ ca kakṣasenasyāpatyaṃ sūdena pariviṣyamāṇau tau bhoktumupaviṣṭau baṭurbhikṣitavānityarthaḥ /
nanvasya caitrarathitvaṃ na śrutamityata āha- caitrarathitvaṃ ceti /
etena dvirātreṇeti chāndogyaśrutyaiva pūrvaṃ citrarathasya kāpeyayoga uktaḥ /
abhipratāriṇo 'pi tadyogāccitrarathavaṃśyatvaṃ niścīyate /
rājavaṃśyānāṃ hi prāyeṇa purohitavaṃśyā yājakā bhavantītyarthaḥ /
nanvastvabhipratāriṇaścaitrarathitvaṃ, tāvatā kathaṃ kṣatriyatvaṃ, tatrāha- tasmāditi /
citrarathādityarthaḥ /
kṣattā sūtastasya raikvānveṣaṇāya preṣaṇaṃ annagodānādikaṃ ca jānaśruteḥ kṣatriyatve liṅgam

END BsCom_1,3.9.35
START BsCom_1,3.9.36
saṃskāraparāmarśāt tadabhāvābhilāpāc ca | BBs_1,3.36 |
itaśca na śūdrasyādhikāraḥ, yadvidyāpradeśeṣūpanayanādayaḥ saṃskārāḥ parāmṛśyante- 'taṃ hopaninye' (śa.brā. 11.5.3.13) /
' adhīhi bhagava iti hopasasāda' (chā. 7.1.1) ' brahmaparā brahmaniṣṭhāḥ paraṃ brahmānveṣamāṇā eṣa ha vai tatsarvaṃ vakṣyatīti te ha samitpāṇayo bhagavantaṃ pippalādamupasannāḥ' (pra. 1.1) iti ca /
' tānhānupanīyaiva' (chā. 5.11.7) ityapi pradarśitaivopanayanaprāptirbhavati /
śūdrasya saṃskārābhāvo 'bhilapyate, 'śūdraścaturtho varṇa ekajātiḥ' (manu. 10.4)
ityekajātitvasmaraṇāt /
'na śūdro pātakaṃ kiñcinna ca saṃskāramarhati' (manu. 10.12.6) ityādibhiśca

FN: adhīhi upadiśeti yāvat /
brahmaparā vedapāragāḥ /
paraṃ nirguṇaṃ brahma /
upāsannā upāgatāḥ /
anupanīyaiveti hīnavarṇenottamavarṇā anupanīyaivopadeṣṭavyā ityācārajñāpanārthamityarthaḥ /
ekajātiranupanītaḥ /
atra śūdraśabdo yaugika eveti na śūdrasyādhikāra iti sthitam /
tatra liṅgāntaramāha- saṃskāreti /
upanayanaṃ vedagrahaṇāṅgaṃ śūdrasya nāstīti pūrvamuktam /
iha vidyāgrahaṇāṅgasyopanayanasaṃskārasya sarvatra parāmarśācchūdrasya tadabhāvānna vidyādhikāraḥ ityucyate /
bhāṣye ādipadenādhyayanaguruśuśrūṣādayo gṛhyante /
taṃ śiṣyamācārya upanītavānityarthaḥ /
nārado 'pi vidyārthī mantramuccārayansanatkumāramupagata ityāha- adhīti /
upadiśeti yāvat /
brahmaparā vedapāragāḥ saguṇabrahmaniṣṭhāḥ paraṃ nirguṇaṃ brahmānveṣamāṇā eṣa pippalādastajjijñāsitaṃ sarvaṃ vakṣyatīti niścitya te bharadvājādayaḥ ṣaḍ ṛṣayastamupagatā ityarthaḥ /
nanu vaiśvānaravidyāyāmṛṣīnrājānupanīyaiva vidyāmuvāceti śruteranupanītasyāpyasti vidyādhikāra ityata āha- tānheti /
te ha samitpāṇayaḥ pūrvāhne praticakramira iti pūrvavākye brāhmaṇā upanayanārthamāgatā iti upanayanaprāptiṃ darśayitvā niṣidhyate /
hīnavarṇenottamavarṇānupanīyaivopadeṣṭavyā ityācārajñāpanārthamityarthaḥ /
ekajātiranupanītaḥ /
pātakamabhakṣyabhakṣaṇakṛtam

END BsCom_1,3.9.36
START BsCom_1,3.9.37
tadabhāvanirdhāraṇe ca pravṛtteḥ | BBs_1,3.37 |
itaśca na śūdrasyādhikāraḥ /
yatsatyavacanena śūdratvābhāve nirdhārite jābālaṃ gautama upanetumanuśāsituṃ ca pravavṛte 'naitadbrāhmaṇo vivaktumarhati samidhaṃ somyāharopa tvā neṣye na satyādagāḥ' (chā. 4.4.5) iti śrutiliṅgāt

FN: nāhaṃ gotraṃ vedmi na mātā vetti parantu tathoktam upanayanārthamācāryaṃ gatvā satyakāmo jābālo 'smīti brūhītyanena satyavacanena /
satyakāmaḥ kilamṛtapitṛko jabālāṃ mātaramapṛcchat, kiṅgotro 'hamiti /
taṃ mātovāca bhartṛsevāvyagratayāhamapi tava piturgotraṃ na jānāmi, jabālā tu nāmāhamasmi satyakāmo nāma tvamasīti etāvajjānāmīti /
tataḥ sa jābālo gautamamāgatya tena kiṅgotro 'sīti pṛṣṭa uvāca, nāhaṃ gotraṃ vedmi na mātā vetti parantu me mātrā kathitaṃ, upanayanārthamācāryaṃ gatvā satyakāmo jābālo 'smīti brūhīti /
anena satyavacanena tasya śūdratvābhāvo nirdhāritaḥ /
abrāhmaṇa etatsatyaṃ vivicya vaktuṃ, nārhatīti nirdhārya, he somya, satyāttvaṃ nāgāḥ satyaṃ na tyaktavānasi, atastvāmupaneṣye, tadarthaṃ samidhamāhareti gautamasya pravṛtteśca liṅgānna śūdrasyādhikāra ityāha- tadabhāveti

END BsCom_1,3.9.37
START BsCom_1,3.9.38
śravaṇādhyayanārthapratiṣedhāt smṛteś ca | BBs_1,3.38 |
itaśca na śūdrasyādhikāraḥ /
yadasya smṛteḥ śravaṇādhyayanārthapratiṣedho bhavati /
vedaśravaṇapratiṣedho vedādhyayanapratiṣedhastadarthajñānānuṣṭhānayośca pratiṣedhaḥ śūdrasya smaryate /
śravaṇapratiṣedhastāvat 'athāsya vedamupaśṛṇvatastrapujatubhyāṃ śrotrapratipūraṇam' iti /
'padyu ha vā etacchmaśānaṃ yacchūdrastasmācchūdrasamīpe nādhyetavyam' iti ca /
ata evādhyayanapratiṣedhaḥ /
yasya hi samīpe 'pi nādhyetavyaṃ bhavati sa kathamaśrutamadhīyīta /
bhavati ca vedoccāraṇe jihvācchedo dhāraṇe śarīrabheda iti /
ata eva cārthādarthajñānānuṣṭhānayoḥ pratiṣedho bhavati 'na śūdrasya matiṃ dadyāt' iti, 'dvijātīnāmadhyayanamijyā dānam' iti ca /
yeṣāṃ punaḥ pūrvakṛtasaṃskāravaśādviduradharmavyādhaprabhṛtīnāṃ jñānotpattisteṣāṃ na śakyate phalaprāptiḥ pratiṣeddhuṃ, jñānasyaikāntikaphalatvāt /
'śrāvayeccaturo varṇān' iti cetihāsapurāṇādhigame cāturvarṇyasyādhikārasmaraṇāt /
vedapūrvakastu nāstyadhikāraḥ śūdrāṇāmiti sthitam

FN: trapujatubhyāṃ saṃtāpadrutābhyāṃ sīsalākṣābhyām /
padyu pādayuktaṃ /
saṃcārasamarthamiti yāvat /
matirvedārthajñānam /
smṛtyā śravaṇādiniṣedhācca nādhikāra ityāha- śravaṇeti /
asya śūdrasya dvijaiḥ paṭhyamānaṃ vedaṃ pramādācchṛṇvataḥ sīsalākṣābhyāṃ taptābhyāṃ śrotradvayapūraṇaṃ prāyaścittaṃ kāryamityarthaḥ /
padyu pādayuktaṃ saṃcariṣṇurūpamiti yāvat /
bhavati ca /
smṛtiriti śeṣaḥ /
matirvedārthajñānam /
dānaṃ nityaṃ niṣidhyate śūdrasya /
naimittikaṃ tu dānamastyeva /
yaduktaṃ vidurādīnāṃ jñānitvaṃ dṛṣṭamiti, tatrāha- yeṣāmiti /
siddhānāṃ siddherdurapahnavatve 'pi sādhakaiḥ śūdraiḥ kathaṃ jñānaṃ labdhavyamityata āha- śrāvayediti

END BsCom_1,3.9.38
START BsCom_1,3.10.39
10 kampanādhikaraṇam / sū. 39
kampanāt | BBs_1,3.39 |
avasitaḥ prāsaṅgiko 'dhikāravicāraḥ /
prakṛtāmevedānīṃ vākyārthavicāraṇāṃ pravartayiṣyāmaḥ /
'yadidaṃ kiñca jagatsarvaṃ prāṇa ejati niḥsṛtam /
mahadbhayaṃ vajramudyataṃ ya etadviduramṛtāste bhavanti' (kā. 2.6.2) iti /
etadvākyaṃ 'ejṛ kampane' iti dhātvarthānugamāllakṣitam /
asminvākye sarvamidaṃ jagatprāṇāśrayaṃ spandate, mahacca kiñcidbhayakāraṇaṃ vajraśabditamudyataṃ, tadvijñānāccāmṛtatvaprāptiriti śrūyate /
tatra ko 'sau prāṇaḥ kiṃ tadbhayānakaṃ vajramityapratipattervicāre kriyamāṇe prāptaṃ tāvatprasiddheḥ pañcavṛttirvāyuḥ prāṇa iti /
prasiddhereva cāśanirvajraṃ syāt /
vāyoścedaṃ māhātmyaṃ saṃkīrtyate /
katham /
sarvamidaṃ jagatpañcavṛttau vāyau prāṇaśabdite pratiṣṭhāyaijati /
vāyunimittameva ca mahadbhayānakaṃ vajramudyamyate /
vāyau hi parjanyabhāvena vivartamāne vidyutstanayitruvṛṣṭyaśanayo vivartanta ityācakṣate /
vāyuvijñānādeva cedamamṛtatvam /
tathāhi śrutyantaram- 'vāyureva vyaṣṭirvāyuḥ samaṣṭirapa punarmṛtyuṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda' iti /
tasmādvāyurayamiha pratipattavya iti /
evaṃ prāpte brūmaḥ- brahmaivedamiha pratipattavyam /
kutaḥ /
pūrvottarālocanāt /
pūrvottarayorhi granthabhāgayorbrahmaivanirdiśyamānamupalabhāmahe /
ihaiva kathamakasmādantarāle vāyuṃ nirdiśyamānaṃ pratipadyemahi /
pūrvatra tāvat 'tadeva śukraṃ tadbrahma tadevāmṛtamucyate /
tasmiṃllokāḥ śritāḥ sarve tadu nātyeti kaścana' (kā. 2.6.1) iti brahma nirdiṣṭaṃ, tadevehāpi saṃnidhānāt jagatsarvaṃ prāṇa ejatīti ca lokāśrayavattvapratyabhijñānānnirdiṣṭamiti gamyate /
prāṇaśabdo 'pyayaṃ prayuktaḥ, 'prāṇasya prāṇam' (bṛ. 4.4.18) iti darśanāt /
ejayitṛtvamapīdaṃ paramātmana evopapadyate na vāyumātrasya /
tathācoktam- 'na prāṇena nāpānena martyo jīvati kaścana /
itareṇa tu jīvanti yasminnetāvupāśritau' (kā. 2.5.5) iti /
uttaratrāpi 'bhayādasyāgnistapati bhayāttapati sūryaḥ /
bhayādindraśca vāyuśca mṛtyurdhāvati pañcamaḥ' (kā. 2.6.3) iti brahmaiva nirdekṣyate na vāyuḥ /
savāyukasya jagato bhayahetutvābhidhānāt /
tadevehāpi saṃnidhānānmahadbhayaṃ, vajramudyatamiti ca bhayahetutvapratyabhijñānānnirdiṣṭamiti gamyate /
vajraśabdo 'pyayaṃ bhayahetutvasāmānyātprayuktaḥ /
yathāhi vajramudyataṃ mamaiva śirasi nipatedyadyahamasya śāsanaṃ na kuryāmityanena bhayena jano niyamena rājādiśāsane pravartata evamidamagnivāyusūryādikaṃ jagadasmādeva brahmaṇo bibhyanniyamena svavyāpāre pravartata iti bhayānakaṃ vajropamitaṃ brahma /
tathāca brahmaviṣayaṃ śrutyantaram- 'bhīṣāsmādvātaḥ pavate /
bhīṣodeti sūryaḥ /
bhīṣāsmādagniścendraśca /
mṛtyurdhāvati pañcamaḥ' (tai. 8.1) iti /
amṛtatvaphalaśravaṇādapi brahmaivedamiti gamyate /
brahmajñānāddhyamṛtatvaprāptiḥ /
'tameva viditvātimṛtyumeti nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya' (śve. 6.15) iti mantravarṇāt /
yattu vāyuvijñānātkvacidamṛtatvamabhihitaṃ tadāpekṣikam /
tatraiva prakaṇāntarakaraṇena paramātmānamabhidhāya 'anto 'nyadārtam' (bṛ. 3.4) iti vāyvāderārtatvābhidhānāt /
prakaraṇādapyatra paramātmaniścayaḥ /
anyatra dharmādanyatrādharmādanyatrāsmatkṛtākṛtāt /
anyatra bhūtācca bhavyācca yattatpaśyasi tadvada (kā. 1.2.14) iti paramātmanaḥ pṛṣṭatvāt

FN: bhīṣā bhītyā /
asmādbrahmaṇo nimittāditi yāvat /
pañcānāṃ grahaṇaṃ brahmādistambāntacarācaropalakṣaṇārtham /
'apapunarmṛtyuṃ jayati' iti śrutyā hyapamṛtyorvijaya ukto na tu paramamṛtyuvijaya ityāpekṣikatvam /
kampanāt /
asyāpi prāsaṅgikatvamāśaṅkyamāha- avasita iti /
samāpta ityarthaḥ /
kāṭhakaṃ paṭhati- yadidamiti /
sarvaṃ jagatprāṇānniḥsṛtaṃ utpannaṃ prāṇe cidātmani prerake sati ejati ceṣṭate, tacca prāṇākhyaṃ kāraṇaṃ mahadbrahma vibhetyasmāditi bhayam /
tasmin bhayahetutve dṛṣṭāntamāha- vajramiti /
yathodyataṃ vajraṃ bhayaṃ tathetyarthaḥ /
ya etatprāṇākhyaṃ brahma nirviśeṣaṃ viduste muktā bhavantītyāha- ya iti /
nanvasminsūtre kathamidaṃ vākyamudāhṛtamityata āha- etaditi /
ejatyarthasya kampanasya sūtritatvādejatipadayuktaṃ vākyamudāhṛtamityarthaḥ /
prāsaṅgikādhikāracintayāsya saṃgatirnāpekṣiteti 'śabdādeva pramitaḥ'ityanenocyate /
tatrāṅguṣṭhavākye jīvānuvādo brahmaikyajñānārtha ityuktaṃ, na tatheha prāṇānuvāda aikyajñānārthaḥ saṃbhavati, prāṇasya svarūpeṇa kalpitasyaikyāyogāt /
ataḥ prāṇopāstiparaṃ vākyamiti pratyudāharaṇena pūrvapakṣayati- prasiddheḥ pañcavṛttiriti /
nanu 'ata eva prāṇaḥ'ityādau brahmaṇi liṅgātprāṇaśrutirnītā, atrāpi sarvaceṣṭābhayahetutvaṃ brahmaliṅgamastīti nāsti pūrvapakṣāvasaro gatārthatvāditi, ata āha- vāyośceti /
pratiṣṭhāya sthitiṃ labdhvā prāṇe vāyau nimitte jagaccalatīti prasiddham /
ataḥ spaṣṭaṃ brahmaliṅgaṃ nāstīti bhāvaḥ /
vajraliṅgacca vāyurityāha- vāyviti /
vyaṣṭirviśeṣaḥ /
samaṣṭiḥ sāmānyam /
sūdbadvahireva siddhāntaṃ pratijānīte- brahmaiveti /
pūrvottaravākyaikavākyatānugṛhītaṃ sarvāśrayatvaṃ liṅgaṃ vākyabhedakaprāṇaśruterbādhakamityāha- pūrvatretyādinā /
śukraṃ svaprakāśam /
tadu nātyeti brahmānāśritaḥ ko 'pi loko nāstyevetyukārārthaḥ /
sautraṃ liṅgaṃ vyācaṣṭe- ejayitṛtvamiti /
savāyukasya sarvasya kampanaśravaṇādapi prāṇaḥ paramātmaivetyarthaḥ /
brahmaṇi vajraśabdaḥ kathamityāśaṅkya gauṇa ityāha- vajraśabda iti /
bṛhadāraṇyake 'vāyureva vyaṣṭiḥ'ityatra 'apapunarmṛtyum'ityapamṛtyujayarūpamāpekṣikamamṛtatvamucyate na mukhyāmṛtatvam, tatraiva vāyūpāstiprakaraṇaṃ samāpya 'atha hainamuṣastaḥ papraccha'iti jñeyātmānamuktvā vāyvādernāśitvokterityāha- yattu vāyvityādinā /
tasmātkāṭhakavākyaṃ jñeye samanvitaviti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.10.39
START BsCom_1,3.11.40
11 jyotiradhikaraṇam / sū. 40
jyotir darśanāt | BBs_1,3.40 |
'eṣa saṃprasādo 'smāccharīrātsamutthāya paraṃ jyotirupasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate' (chā. 8.12.3) iti śrūyate /
tatra saṃśayyate, kiṃ jyotiḥśabdaṃ cakṣurviṣayatamopahaṃ tejaḥ kiṃvā paraṃ brahmeti /
kiṃ tāvatprāptam /
prasiddhameva tejo jyotiḥśabdamiti /
kutaḥ /
tatra jyotiḥśabdasya rūḍhatvāt /
'jyotiḥścaraṇābhidhānāt' (bra.sū /
1.1.24) ityatra hi prakaraṇājyotiḥśabdaḥ svārthaṃ parityajya brahmaṇi vartate /
naceha tadvatkiñcitsvārthaparityāge kāraṇaṃ dṛśyate /
tathāca nāḍīkhaṇḍe- 'atha yatraitadasmāccharīrādutkrāmatyathaitaireva raśmibhirūrdhvamākramate' (chā. 8.6.5) iti mumukṣorādityaprāptirabhihitā /
tasmātprasiddhameva tejo jyotiḥśabdamiti /
evaṃ prāpte brūmaḥ - parameva brahma jyotiḥśabdam /
kasmāt /
darśanāt /
tasya hīha prakaraṇe vaktavyatvenānuvṛttirdṛśyate, ' ya ātmāpahatapāpmā' (chā. 8.7.1) ityapahatapāpmatvādiguṇakasyātmanaḥ prakaraṇādāvanveṣṭavyatvena vijijñāsitavyatvena ca pratijñānāt /
'etaṃ tveva te bhūyo 'nuvyākhyāsyāmi' (chā. 8.9.3) iti cānusaṃdhānāt /
'aśarīraṃ vāvasantaṃ na priyāpriye spṛśataḥ'(chā. 8.12.1) iti cāśarīratāyai jyotiḥsaṃpatterasyābhidhānāt /
brahmabhāvāccānyatrāśarīratānupapatteḥ 'paraṃ jyotiḥ' 'sa uttamaḥ puruṣaḥ' (chā. 8.12.3) iti ca viśeṣaṇāt /
yattūktaṃ mumukṣorādityaprāptirabhihiteti /
nāsāvātyantiko mokṣo gatyutkrāntisaṃbandhāt /
nahyātyantike mokṣe gatyutkrāntī sta iti vakṣyāmaḥ

FN: 'atha yā etā hṛdayasya nāḍyaḥ' ityādi nāḍīkhaṇḍaḥ /
tatrādityagrahānurodhena mumukṣostatprāptirabhihiteti saṃbandhaḥ /
jyotirdarśanāt /
chāndogye prajāpatividyāvākyamāha- eṣa iti /
parañjyotiḥ śrutibhyāṃ saṃśayamāha- tatreti /
ghaṭādiviṣayāvarakatamonāśakaṃ sauramityarthaḥ pūrvatra brahmaprakaraṇasyānugrāhakaḥ sarvaśabdasaṃkocādyayogo 'stīti prāṇaśrutirbrahmaṇi nītā /
na tathātra 'ya ātmāpahatapāpmā'iti prakaraṇasyānugrāhakaṃ paśyāma iti pratyudāharaṇena pūrvapakṣamāha- prasiddhamevetyādinā /
pūrvapakṣe sūryopāstiḥ, siddhānte brahmajñānānmuktiriti phalam /
nanu jyotiradhikaraṇe jyotiḥśabdasya brahmaṇi vṛtteruktatvātkathaṃ pūrvapakṣa ityata āha- jyotiriti /
tatra gāyatrīvākye prakṛtabrahmaparāmarśakayacchabdasāmānādhikaraṇyājjyotiḥśabdasya svārthatyāgaḥ kṛtaḥ, tathātra svārthatyāge hetvadarśanātpūrvapakṣa ityarthaḥ /
jyotiḥśruteranugrāhakatvenārcirādimārgasthatvaṃ liṅgamāha- tathāceti /
'tā vā etā hṛdayasya nāḍyaḥ'iti kaṇḍikayā nāḍīnāṃ raśmīnāṃ ca mithaḥ saṃśleṣamuktvā atha saṃjñālopānantaraṃ yatra kāle etanmaraṇaṃ yathā syāttathotkrāmati atha tadā etairnāḍīsaṃśliṣṭaraśmibhirūrdhvaḥ sannupari gacchati, gatvādityaṃ brahmalokadvārabhūtaṃ gacachatītyabhihitaṃ, tathaivātrāpi śarīrātsamutthāya mṛtvā paraṃ jyotirādityākhyamupasaṃpadya taddvārā brahmalokaṃ gatvā svasvarūpeṇābhiniṣpadyata iti vaktavyam /
samutthāyopasaṃpadyeti ktvāśrutibhyāṃ jyotiṣo 'rcirādimārgasthatvabhānādityarthaḥ /
ato mārgasthasūryopāstyā kramamuktiparaṃ vākyamiti prāpte siddhāntayati- evamiti /
vyākhyeyatvenopakrānta ātmaivātra jyotiḥśabdena vyākhyena iti jyotirvākyenaikavākyatāprayojakaprakaraṇānugṛhītottamarapuruṣaśrutyā vākyabhedakajyotiḥśrutirbādhyeti bhāvaḥ /
aśarīratvaphalaliṅgācca brahmaiva jyotirna sūrya ityāha- aśarīramiti /
naca sūryaprāptyā krameṇāśarīratvaṃ syāditi vācyaṃ, paratvena viśeṣitasya jyotiṣa eva sa uttama iti parāmarśenāśarīratvaniścayādityāha- paramiti /
pūrvoktaliṅgaṃ dūṣayati- yattviti /
nāḍīkhaṇḍe daharopāsakasya yā sūryaprāptiruktā sa na mokṣa iti yuktā sūryoktiḥ, atra tu prajāpativākye nirguṇavidyāyāmarcirādigatisthasūryasyānanvayādanarthakatvāt śrutivyatyāsena svarūpaṃ sākṣātkṛtya paraṃ jyotistadevopasaṃpadyata iti vyākhyeyamiti bhāvaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.11.40
START BsCom_1,3.12.41
12 arthāntaratvavyapadeśādhikaraṇam / sū. 41
ākāśo 'rthāntaratvādivyapadeśāt | BBs_1,3.41 |
'ākāśo vai nāma nāmarūpayornirvahitā te yadantarā tadbrahma tadamṛtaṃ sa ātmā' (chā. 8.14.1) iti śrūyate /
tatkimākāśasabdaṃ paraṃ brahma kiṃvā prasiddhameva bhūtākāśamiti vicāre bhūtaparigraho yuktaḥ /
ākāśaśabdasya tasminrūḍhatvāt, nāmarūpanirvahaṇasya cāvakāśādānadvāreṇa tasminyojayituṃ śakyatvāt, sraṣṭṛtvādeśca spaṣṭasya brahmaliṅgasyāśravaṇāditi /
evaṃ prāpta idamucyate- parameva brahmehākāśaśabdaṃ bhavitumarhati /
kasmāt /
arthāntaratvādivyapadeśāt /
'te yadantarā tadbrahma' iti hi nāmarūpābhyāmarthāntarabhūtamākāśaṃ vyapadiśati /
naca brahmaṇo 'nyannāmarūpābhyāmarthāntaraṃ saṃbhavati' sarvasya vikārajātasya nāmarūpābhyāmeva vyākṛtatvāt /
nāmarūpayorapi nirvahaṇaṃ niraṅ kuśaṃ na brahmaṇo 'nyatra saṃbhavati /
'anena jīvenātmanānupraviśyanāmarūpe vyākaravāṇi' (chā. 6.3.2) ityādibrahmakartṛtvaśravaṇāt /
nanu jīvasyāpi pratyakṣaṃ nāmarūpaviṣayaṃ nirvoḍhutvamasti /
bāḍhamasti /
abhedastviha vivakṣitaḥ /
nāmarūpanirvahaṇābhidhānādeva ca sraṣṭṛtvādi brahmaliṅgamabhihitaṃ bhavati /
'tadbrahma tadamṛtaṃ sa ātmā' (chā. 8.14) iti ca brahmavādasya liṅgāni /
'ākāśastalliṅgāt' (bra. 1.1.22) ityasyaivāyaṃ prapañcaḥ

FN: nāmarūpe śabdāthā tadantaḥpātinastadbhinnatvaṃ tatkartṛtvaṃ cāyuktamityarthaḥ /
ākāśo vyapadeśāt /
chāndogyamudāharati ākāśa iti /
yathopakramabalājjyotiḥśrutibādhastathākāśopakramādbrahmādiśabdabādha iti dṛṣṭāntena pūrvapakṣayati- bhūteti /
śrutairguṇairākāśopāstirnirguṇabrahmajñānaṃ cetyubhayatra phalam /
'ākāśastalliṅgāt'
ityanena paunaruktyamāśaṅkya tadvadatra spaṣṭaliṅgāśravaṇāditi pariharati- sraṣṭṛtvādeśceti /
vai nāmeti prasiddhiliṅgasyākāśaśruteśca vākyaśeṣagatābhyāṃ brahmātmaśrutibhyāmanekaliṅgopetābhyāṃ bādho yuktaḥ /
yatra bahupramāṇasaṃvādastatra vākyasya tātparyamiti nirṇayāditi siddhāntayati- paramevetyādinā /
nāmarūpe śabdarthau tadantaḥpātinastadbhinnatve tatkartṛtvaṃ cāyuktamityarthaḥ /
nāmādikartṛtvaṃ na brahmaliṅgaṃ, jīvasthatvāditi śaṅkate- nanviti /
'anena jīvena'ityatra jīvasya brahmabhedena tatkartṛtvamucyate sākṣādayogāditi pariharati- bāḍhamiti /
yaccoktaṃ spaṣṭaṃ liṅgaṃ nāstīti, tatrāha- nāmeti /
tarhi punaruktiḥ, tatrāha- ākāśeti /
tasyaiva sādhako 'yaṃ vicāraḥ /
atrākāśaśabdasya brahmaṇi vṛttiṃ siddhavatkṛtya tatra saṃśayādipravṛtteruktatvāditi na paunaruktyamiti bhāvaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.12.41
START BsCom_1,3.13.42
13 suṣuptyutkrāntyadhikaraṇam / sū. 42-43
suṣuptyutkrāntyor bhedena | BBs_1,3.42 |
vyapadeśādityanuvartate /
bṛhadāraṇyake ṣaṣṭe prapāṭhake 'katama ātmeti yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu hṛdyantarjyotiḥ puruṣaḥ' (bṛ. 4.3.7) ityupakramya bhūyānātmaviṣayaḥ prapañcaḥ kṛtaḥ /
tatkiṃ saṃsārisvarūpamātrānvākhyānaparaṃ vākyamutāsaṃsārisvarūpapratipādanaparamiti saṃśayaḥ /
kiṃ tāvatprāptam /
saṃsārisvarūpamātraviṣayameveti /
kutaḥ /
upakramopasaṃhārābhyām /
upakrame 'yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu' iti śārīraliṅgāt /
upasaṃhāre ca sa vā eṣa mahānaja ātmā yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu' (bṛ. 4.4.22) iti tadaparityāgāt, madhye 'pi buddhāntādyavasthopanyāsena tasyaiva prapañcanāditi /
evaṃ prāpte brūmaḥ - parameśvaropadeśaparamevedaṃ vākyaṃ na śārīramātrānvākhyānaparam /
kasmāt /
suṣuptāvutkrāntau ca śarīrādbhedena parameśvarasya vyapadeśāt /
suṣuptau tāvat 'ayaṃ puruṣaḥ prājñenātmanā saṃpariṣvakto na bāhyaṃ kiñcana veda nāntaram' (bṛ. 4.3.21) iti śārīrādbhedena parameśvaraṃ vyapadiśati /
tatra puruṣaḥ śārīraḥ syāttasya veditṛtvāt /
bāhyābhyantaravedanaprasaṅge sati tatpratiṣedhasaṃbhavāt /
prājñaḥ parameśvaraḥ, sarvajñatvalakṣaṇayā prajñayā nityamaviyogāt /
tathotkrāntāvapi 'ayaṃ śārīra ātmā prājñenātmanānvārūḍha utsarjanyāti' (bṛ. 4.3.35) iti jīvādbhedena parameśvaraṃ vyapadiśati /
tatrāpi śārīro jīvaḥ syāccharīrasvāmitvāt /
prājñastu sa eva parameśvaraḥ /
tasmātsuṣuptyutkrāntyorbhedena vyapadeśātparameśvara evātra vivakṣata iti gamyate /
yaduktamādyantamadhyeṣu śārīraliṅgāttatparatvamasya vākyasyeti /
atra brūmaḥ - upakrametāvat 'yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu iti na saṃsārisvarūpaṃ vivakṣitaṃ kiṃ tarhyanūdya saṃsārisvarūpaṃ pareṇa brahmaṇāsyaikatāṃ vivakṣati /
yato 'dhyāyatīva lelāyatīva' ityevamādyuttaragranthapravṛttiḥ saṃsāridharmanirākaraṇaparā lakṣyate /
tathopasaṃhāre 'pi yathopakramamevopasaṃharati- 'sa vā eṣa mahānaja ātmā yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu' iti /
yo 'yaṃ vijñānamayaḥ prāṇeṣu saṃsārī lakṣyate sa vā eṣa mahānaja ātmā parameśvara evāsmābhiḥ pratipādita ityarthaḥ /
yastu madhye buddhāntādyavasthopanyāsātsaṃsārisvarūpavivakṣāṃ manyante, na prācīmapi diśaṃ prasthāpitaḥ pratīcīmapi diśaṃ pratiṣṭheta /
yato na buddhāntādyavasthopanyāsenāvasthāvattvaṃ saṃsāritvaṃ vā vivakṣati, kiṃ tarhyavasthārahitatvasaṃsāritvaṃ ca /
kathametadavagamyate /
yat 'ata ūrdhve vimokṣāyaiva brūhi' iti pade pade pṛcchati /
yacca 'ananvāgatastena bhavatyasaṅgo hyayaṃ puruṣaḥ' (bṛ. 4.3.14,15) iti pade pade prativakti /
'ananvāgataṃ puṇyenānanvāgataṃ pāpena tīrṇo hi tadā sarvāñśokānhṛdayasya bhavati' (bṛ. 43.22) iti ca /
tasmādasaṃsārisvarūpapratipādanaparamevaitadvākyamityavagantavyam

FN: vijñānaṃ buddhistanmayastatprāyaḥ /
prāṇeṣviti saptamī vyatirekārthā /
prāṇabuddhibhyāṃ bhinna ityarthaḥ /
buddhānto jāgradavasthā /
anvārūḍho 'dhiṣṭhitaḥ /
utsarjanghorāñśabdanmuñcan /
buddhau dhyāyantyāmātmā dhyāyatīva, calantyāṃ calatīva /
bhavatīti yasmātprativakti tasmādavagamyata iti yojanā /
tenāvasthādharmeṇānanvāgato 'spṛṣṭo bhavati asattvāt /
ata urdhvaṃ kāmādivivekānantaram /
suṣuptyutkrāntyorbhedena /
ahandhīgamyeṣu katama ātmeti janakapraśne yājñavalkya āha- yo 'yamiti /
vijñānaṃ buddhistanmayastatprāyaḥ /
saptamī vyatirekārthā /
prāṇabuddhibhyāṃ bhinna ityarthaḥ /
vṛtterajñānācca bhedamāha- antarjyotiriti /
puruṣaḥ pūrṇa ityarthaḥ /
ubhayaliṅgānāṃ darśanātsaṃśayamāha- tatkimiti /
pūrvatra nāmarūpābhyāṃ bhedokterākāśo brahmetyuktaṃ, tadayuktaṃ, 'prājñenātmanā saṃpariṣvaktaḥ'ityabhinne 'pi jīvātmani bhedoktivadaupacārikabhedoktisaṃbhavādityākṣepasaṃgatiḥ /
pūrvapakṣe karmakartṛjīvastutiḥ, siddhānte jīvānuvādena tataḥ kalpitabhedabhinnasya prājñasya paramātmanaḥ svarūpaikyapramitiriti phalam /
buddhānto jāgradavasthā /
ādimadhyāvasāneṣu jīvokterjīvastāvakamidaṃ vākyamiti prāpte siddhāntayati- parameśvaretyādinā /
vākyasya jīvastāvakatve jīvādbhedena prājñasyājñātasyottaroktirasaṃgatā syāt,
ato jñātājñātasaṃnipāte jñātānuvādenājñātaṃ pratipādanīyaṃ, 'apūrve vākyatātparyam'iti nyāyāditi siddhāntatātparyam /
puruṣaḥ śarīraṃ prājño jīva iti bhrāntiṃ vārayati- tatra puruṣa ityādinā /
dehasya vedanāprasakterniṣedhāyogātpuruṣo jīva eva, prājñastu rūḍhyā para evetyarthaḥ /
anvārūḍho 'dhiṣṭhitaḥ /
utsarjan ghorāñśabdānmuñcan /
buddhau dhyāyantyāmātmādhyāyatīva calantyāṃ calatīva /
vastutaḥ sarvavikriyāśūnya ityukterna saṃsāriṇi tātparyamityāha- yata iti /
upakramavadupasaṃhāravākye 'pyaikyaṃ vivikṣitamityāha- tatheti /
vyācaṣṭe- yo 'yamiti /
avasthopanyāsasya tvamarthaśuddhidvāraikyaparatvānna jīvaliṅgatvamityāha- yato na buddhānteti /
praśnottarābhyāmasaṃsāritvaṃ gamyata ityāha- yadata ūrdhvamiti /
kāmādivivekānantaramityarthaḥ /
bhavatīti ceti /
yadyasmādvakti tasmādavagamyata iti yojanā /
tenāvasthādharmeṇānanvāgato 'spṛṣṭo bhavati, asaṅgatvāt /
suṣuptāvapyātmatattvaṃ puṇyapāpābhyāmaspṛṣṭaṃ bhavati /
hi yasmādātmā suṣuptau sarvaśokātītaḥ tasmādhṛdayasyaiva sarve śokā iti śrutyarthaḥ

END BsCom_1,3.13.42
START BsCom_1,3.13.43
patyādiśabdebhyaḥ | BBs_1,3.43 |
itaścāsaṃsārisvarūpapratipādanaparamevaitadvākyamityavagantavyam /
yadasminvākye patyādayaḥ śabdā asaṃsārisvarūpapratipādanaparāḥ saṃsārisvabhāvapratiṣedhanāśca bhavanti /
'sarvasya vaśī sarvasyeśānaḥ sarvasyādhipatiḥ' ityevañjātīyakā asaṃsārisvabhāvapratipādanaparāḥ /
'sa na sādhunā karmaṇā bhūyānno evāsādhunā kanīyān' ityevañjātīyakāḥ saṃsārisvabhāvapratiṣedhanāḥ /
tasmādasaṃsārī parameśvara ihokta ityavagamyate

iti śrīmacchaṅkarabhagavatpādakṛtau śārīrakamīmāṃsābhāṣye prathamādhyāyasya tṛtīyaḥ pādaḥ

FN: vaśī svatantraḥ /
īśāno niyamanaśaktimān /
vākyasya brahmātmaikyaparatve hetvantaramāha- patyādīti /
sūtraṃ vyācaṣṭe- itaśceti /
vaśī svatantraḥ /
aparādhīna iti yāvat /
īśāno niyamanaśaktimān /
śakteḥ kāryamādhipatyamiti bhedaḥ /
tasmācchodhitatvamarthaikye ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasamanvaya iti siddham

END BsCom_1,3.13.43
iti śrīmacchārīrakamīmāṃsāvyākhyāyāṃ bhāṣyaratnaprabhāyāṃ prathamādhyāye tṛtīyaḥ pādaḥ